|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
|
43 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
44 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
45 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
48 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
49 #endif
|
|
|
50 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
51 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
|
52 };
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
54 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
55 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
56 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
57 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
64 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
65 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
66 #endif
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 /*
|
|
|
69 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
70 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
71 */
|
|
|
72 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
|
73 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
|
74 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
|
75 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
78 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
79 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
80 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
81 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
82 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
83 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
84 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
85 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
88 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
89 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
90 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
91 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
92 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
93 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
94 # endif
|
|
|
95 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
96 #endif
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 /*
|
|
|
99 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
100 */
|
|
|
101 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
105 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
107 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
108 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
109 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
110 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
111 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
112 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
113 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
118 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 /*
|
|
|
121 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
122 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
123 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
124 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
125 * end patterns.
|
|
|
126 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
127 *
|
|
|
128 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
129 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
130 */
|
|
|
131 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
132 {
|
|
|
133 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
134 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
135 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
136 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
137 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
138 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
139 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
140 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
141 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
142 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
143 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
144 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
145 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
146 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
147 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
148 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
151 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
152 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
153 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
154 */
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
157 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
158 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
159 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
161 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
162 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
163 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
164 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
165 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
166 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
167 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
176 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
177 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
185 /*
|
|
|
186 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
187 */
|
|
|
188 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
189 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
194
|
|
|
195 /*
|
|
|
196 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
197 */
|
|
|
198 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
199 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
200 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
201 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
202 #endif
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 struct syn_cluster
|
|
|
205 {
|
|
|
206 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
207 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
208 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
|
209 };
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
211 /*
|
|
|
212 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
213 */
|
|
|
214 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
215 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
216 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((struct syn_cluster *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 /*
|
|
|
221 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
222 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
223 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
224 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
225 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
226 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
227 */
|
|
|
228 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
229 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
230 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
231 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
233 /*
|
|
|
234 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
235 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
236 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
237 */
|
|
|
238 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
239
|
|
|
240 /*
|
|
|
241 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
242 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
243 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
244 */
|
|
|
245 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
246 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
247
|
|
|
248 /*
|
|
134
|
249 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
|
|
|
250 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
|
|
|
251 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
|
|
|
252 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
253 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
|
|
|
254 */
|
|
|
255 static keyentry_T dumkey;
|
|
|
256 #define KE2HIKEY(kp) ((kp)->keyword)
|
|
|
257 #define HIKEY2KE(p) ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
|
|
|
258 #define HI2KE(hi) HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 /*
|
|
7
|
261 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
262 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
263 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
264 */
|
|
|
265 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
267 /*
|
|
|
268 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
269 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
270 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
271 */
|
|
|
272 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
273 {
|
|
|
274 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
275 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
276 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
277 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
278 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
279 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
280 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
281 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
282 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
283 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
284 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
285 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
286 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
287 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
288 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
289 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
290 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
291 * pattern */
|
|
|
292 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
295 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
296 but contained groups */
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
298 /*
|
|
154
|
299 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
|
|
|
300 * very often.
|
|
|
301 */
|
|
|
302 typedef struct
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 int flags; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
305 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
306 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
307 if not allowed */
|
|
|
308 char has_cont_list; /* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
|
|
|
309 short *cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument */
|
|
|
310 short *cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
|
|
|
311 short *next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
312 } syn_opt_arg_T;
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 /*
|
|
7
|
315 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
316 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
317 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
318 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
319 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
320 */
|
|
|
321 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
322 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
323 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
324 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
325 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
326 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
327 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
328 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
329 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
330 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 /*
|
|
|
333 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
334 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
335 */
|
|
|
336 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
337 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
339 /*
|
|
|
340 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
341 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
342 */
|
|
|
343 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
344 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
345 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
346 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
347 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
348 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
349 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
350 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
351 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
352 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
353 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
354 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
358 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
359 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
360 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
361 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
362 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
363 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
364 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
365 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
366 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
367 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
368 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
369 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
370 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
371 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
|
372 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying));
|
|
|
373 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
374 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
375 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
376 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
377 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
378 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
379 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
380 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
381 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
382 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
385 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
386 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
388 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
389 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
390 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
391 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
392 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
393 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
394 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
395 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
396 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
397 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
398 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
399 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
400 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
402 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
403 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
404 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
405 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
406 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
407 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
408 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
409 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
410 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
411 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
412 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
413 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
414 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
134
|
415 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
|
417 static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
|
|
7
|
418 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
419 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
154
|
420 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt));
|
|
7
|
421 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
422 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
423 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
424 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
425 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
426 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
427 #else
|
|
|
428 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
429 #endif
|
|
|
430 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
431 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
432 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
433 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
434 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
435 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
436 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
437 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
438 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
439 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
440 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
442 /*
|
|
|
443 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
444 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
445 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
446 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
447 * window.
|
|
|
448 */
|
|
|
449 void
|
|
|
450 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
451 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
452 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
453 {
|
|
|
454 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
455 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
456 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
457 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
458 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
459 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
460 int dist;
|
|
26
|
461 static int changedtick = 0; /* remember the last change ID */
|
|
7
|
462
|
|
|
463 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /*
|
|
|
466 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
26
|
467 * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
|
|
|
468 * then.
|
|
7
|
469 */
|
|
26
|
470 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
|
|
7
|
471 {
|
|
|
472 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
473 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
474 }
|
|
26
|
475 changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
|
|
7
|
476 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 /*
|
|
|
479 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
480 */
|
|
|
481 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
482 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
483 goto theend; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
484 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
488 */
|
|
|
489 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
490 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
491 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
492 {
|
|
|
493 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
494 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
495 {
|
|
|
496 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
497 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
498 }
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
500 /*
|
|
|
501 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
502 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
503 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
504 */
|
|
|
505 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
506 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
507 }
|
|
|
508 else
|
|
|
509 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
510
|
|
|
511 /*
|
|
|
512 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
513 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
514 */
|
|
|
515 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
516 {
|
|
|
517 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
518 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
519 {
|
|
|
520 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
521 break;
|
|
|
522 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
523 {
|
|
|
524 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
525 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
526 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
527 }
|
|
|
528 }
|
|
|
529 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
530 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
531 }
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 /*
|
|
|
534 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
535 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
536 */
|
|
|
537 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
538 {
|
|
|
539 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
540 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
541 }
|
|
|
542 else
|
|
|
543 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
545 /*
|
|
|
546 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
547 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
548 */
|
|
|
549 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
550 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
551 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
552 {
|
|
|
553 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
554 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
555 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
557 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
558 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
559 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
560 {
|
|
|
561 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
562 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
563 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
564 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
565 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
566 else
|
|
|
567 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
568 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
569 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
570 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
571 {
|
|
|
572 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
573 prev = sp;
|
|
|
574 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
575 {
|
|
|
576 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
577 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
578 prev = sp;
|
|
|
579 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
580 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
581 break;
|
|
|
582 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
583 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
584 }
|
|
|
585 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
586 }
|
|
|
587 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
588 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
589 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
590 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
591 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
592 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
593 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
594 }
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
596 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
597 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
598 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
599 if (got_int)
|
|
|
600 {
|
|
|
601 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
602 break;
|
|
|
603 }
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 theend:
|
|
|
609 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
610 }
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 /*
|
|
|
613 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
614 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
615 */
|
|
|
616 static void
|
|
|
617 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
618 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 int i;
|
|
|
621 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
622
|
|
|
623 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
624 {
|
|
|
625 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
626 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
627 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
628 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
629 }
|
|
|
630 else
|
|
|
631 {
|
|
|
632 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
633 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
634 }
|
|
|
635 }
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
637 /*
|
|
|
638 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
639 */
|
|
|
640 static void
|
|
|
641 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
642 {
|
|
|
643 int i;
|
|
|
644 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
645
|
|
|
646 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
647 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
648 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
649 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
650 }
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
652 /*
|
|
|
653 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
654 *
|
|
|
655 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
656 * used:
|
|
|
657 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
658 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
659 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
660 */
|
|
|
661 static void
|
|
|
662 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
663 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
664 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
665 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
666 {
|
|
|
667 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
668 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
669 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
670 int idx;
|
|
|
671 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
672 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
673 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
674 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
675 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
676 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
677 char_u *line;
|
|
|
678 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
679 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
680 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
681 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
682 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 /*
|
|
|
685 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
686 */
|
|
|
687 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
688
|
|
|
689 /*
|
|
|
690 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
691 * there.
|
|
|
692 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
693 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
694 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
695 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
696 */
|
|
|
697 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
698 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
699 else
|
|
|
700 {
|
|
|
701 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
702 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
703 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
704 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
705 else
|
|
|
706 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
707 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
708 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
709 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
710 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
711 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
712 else
|
|
|
713 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
714 }
|
|
|
715 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
717 /*
|
|
|
718 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
719 */
|
|
|
720 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
721 {
|
|
|
722 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
723 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
724 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
725 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
726 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
727 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
731 */
|
|
|
732 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
733 {
|
|
|
734 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
735 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
736 break;
|
|
|
737 }
|
|
|
738 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
741 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
742 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
743 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
745 /*
|
|
|
746 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
747 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
748 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
749 */
|
|
|
750 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
751 {
|
|
|
752 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
753 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
754 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
755 {
|
|
|
756 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
757 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
758 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
759 break;
|
|
|
760 }
|
|
|
761 }
|
|
|
762
|
|
|
763 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
764 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
765 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
766 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
769 /*
|
|
|
770 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
771 */
|
|
|
772 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
775 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
776 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
777 else
|
|
|
778 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
780 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
781 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
782 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
785 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
786 if (got_int)
|
|
|
787 {
|
|
|
788 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
789 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
790 break;
|
|
|
791 }
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
794 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
795 {
|
|
|
796 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
797 break;
|
|
|
798 }
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 /*
|
|
|
801 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
802 */
|
|
|
803 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
804 continue;
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 /*
|
|
|
807 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
808 */
|
|
|
809 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
810
|
|
|
811 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
812 {
|
|
|
813 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
814 for (;;)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
817 /*
|
|
|
818 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
819 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
820 */
|
|
|
821 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
822 {
|
|
|
823 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
824 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
825 {
|
|
|
826 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
827 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
828 break;
|
|
|
829 }
|
|
|
830 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
831 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
832 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
833 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
834 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
835 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
836 /*
|
|
|
837 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
838 * match).
|
|
|
839 */
|
|
|
840 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
841 {
|
|
|
842 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
843 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
844 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
845 break;
|
|
|
846 }
|
|
|
847 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
848 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
849 else
|
|
|
850 ++current_col;
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
|
853 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
854 ++current_col;
|
|
|
855 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
856 --current_col;
|
|
|
857 }
|
|
|
858 else
|
|
|
859 break;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 }
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 /*
|
|
|
864 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
865 */
|
|
|
866 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
867 {
|
|
|
868 /*
|
|
|
869 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
870 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
871 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
872 */
|
|
|
873 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
874 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
875 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
876 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 /*
|
|
|
879 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
880 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
881 * the next line.
|
|
|
882 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
883 */
|
|
|
884 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
887 {
|
|
|
888 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
889 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
890 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
891 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
892 check_keepend();
|
|
|
893 }
|
|
|
894 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
895 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
896 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
897 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
898 }
|
|
|
899 else
|
|
|
900 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 break;
|
|
|
903 }
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
905 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
906 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
907 }
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
909 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
910 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
911 {
|
|
|
912 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
913 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
914 }
|
|
|
915 }
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
917 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
918 }
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 /*
|
|
|
921 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
922 */
|
|
|
923 static int
|
|
|
924 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
925 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
926 {
|
|
|
927 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
929 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
930 {
|
|
|
931 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
932 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
933 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
934 }
|
|
|
935 return FALSE;
|
|
|
936 }
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
938 /*
|
|
|
939 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
940 */
|
|
|
941 static void
|
|
|
942 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
943 {
|
|
|
944 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
945 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
947 /*
|
|
|
948 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
949 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
950 */
|
|
|
951 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
952 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
953
|
|
|
954 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
955 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
956 }
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 /*
|
|
|
959 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
960 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
961 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
962 */
|
|
|
963 static void
|
|
|
964 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
965 int startofline;
|
|
|
966 {
|
|
|
967 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
968 int i;
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 if (startofline)
|
|
|
971 {
|
|
|
972 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
973 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
974 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
975 {
|
|
|
976 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
977 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
978 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
979 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
980 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
981 {
|
|
|
982 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
983 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
984 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
985 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
986 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
987 }
|
|
|
988 }
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 /*
|
|
|
992 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
993 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
994 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
995 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
996 */
|
|
|
997 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
998 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
999 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
1000 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
1001 break;
|
|
|
1002 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1003 {
|
|
|
1004 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1005 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
1006 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
1007 {
|
|
|
1008 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
1009 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
1012 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
1013 }
|
|
|
1014 }
|
|
|
1015 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1016 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1017 }
|
|
|
1018
|
|
|
1019 /****************************************
|
|
|
1020 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
1021 */
|
|
|
1022
|
|
|
1023 /*
|
|
|
1024 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1025 *
|
|
|
1026 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1027 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1028 *
|
|
|
1029 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1030 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1031 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1032 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1033 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1034 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1035 *
|
|
|
1036 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1037 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1038 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1039 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1040 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1041 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1042 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1043 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1044 *
|
|
|
1045 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1046 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1047 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1048 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1049 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1050 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1051 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1052 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1053 */
|
|
|
1054
|
|
|
1055 /*
|
|
|
1056 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1057 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1058 */
|
|
|
1059 void
|
|
|
1060 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1061 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1062 {
|
|
|
1063 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1064 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1065
|
|
|
1066 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1067 {
|
|
|
1068 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1069 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1070 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1071 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1072 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1073 }
|
|
|
1074 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1075 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1076 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1077 {
|
|
|
1078 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1079 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1080 }
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082 }
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 /*
|
|
|
1085 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1086 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1087 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1088 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1089 */
|
|
|
1090 static void
|
|
|
1091 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1092 {
|
|
|
1093 long len;
|
|
|
1094 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1095 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1098 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1099 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1100 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1101 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1102 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1103 {
|
|
|
1104 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1105 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1106 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1107 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1108 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1109 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1110 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1113 {
|
|
|
1114 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1115 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1116 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1117 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1118 ;
|
|
|
1119 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1120 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1121 }
|
|
|
1122
|
|
|
1123 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1124 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1125 return;
|
|
|
1126
|
|
|
1127 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1128 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1129 {
|
|
|
1130 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1131 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1132 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1133 {
|
|
|
1134 ++to;
|
|
|
1135 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1136 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138 }
|
|
|
1139 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1140 {
|
|
|
1141 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1142 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1143 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1144 }
|
|
|
1145 else
|
|
|
1146 {
|
|
|
1147 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1148 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1149 }
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1152 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1153 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1154 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1155 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1156
|
|
|
1157 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1158 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1159 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1160 }
|
|
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162
|
|
|
1163 /*
|
|
|
1164 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1165 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1166 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1167 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1168 */
|
|
|
1169 void
|
|
|
1170 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1171 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1172 {
|
|
|
1173 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1174 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1177 return;
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1180 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1181 {
|
|
|
1182 if (p->sst_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1183 {
|
|
|
1184 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1185 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1186 {
|
|
|
1187 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1188 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1189 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1190 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1191 else
|
|
|
1192 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1193 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1194 p = np;
|
|
|
1195 continue;
|
|
|
1196 }
|
|
|
1197 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1198 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1199 * again. */
|
|
|
1200 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1201 {
|
|
|
1202 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1203 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1204 else
|
|
|
1205 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1206 }
|
|
|
1207 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1208 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1209 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213 prev = p;
|
|
|
1214 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1215 }
|
|
|
1216 }
|
|
|
1217
|
|
|
1218 /*
|
|
|
1219 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1220 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1221 */
|
|
|
1222 static int
|
|
|
1223 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1224 {
|
|
|
1225 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1226 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1227 int above;
|
|
|
1228 int dist;
|
|
|
1229 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1232 return retval;
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1235 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1236
|
|
|
1237 /*
|
|
|
1238 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1239 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1240 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1241 */
|
|
|
1242 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1243 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1244 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1245 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1246 {
|
|
|
1247 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1248 {
|
|
|
1249 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1250 {
|
|
|
1251 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1252 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1253 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1254 }
|
|
|
1255 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1256 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1257 }
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 /*
|
|
|
1261 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1262 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1263 */
|
|
|
1264 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1265 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1266 {
|
|
|
1267 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1268 {
|
|
|
1269 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1270 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1271 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1272 p = prev;
|
|
|
1273 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1274 }
|
|
|
1275 }
|
|
|
1276 return retval;
|
|
|
1277 }
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 /*
|
|
|
1280 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1281 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1282 */
|
|
|
1283 static void
|
|
|
1284 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1285 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1286 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1287 {
|
|
|
1288 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1289 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1290 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1291 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1292 }
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 /*
|
|
|
1295 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1296 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1297 */
|
|
|
1298 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1299 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1300 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1301 {
|
|
|
1302 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1305 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1306 {
|
|
|
1307 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1308 return p;
|
|
|
1309 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1310 break;
|
|
|
1311 }
|
|
|
1312 return prev;
|
|
|
1313 }
|
|
|
1314
|
|
|
1315 /*
|
|
|
1316 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1317 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1318 */
|
|
|
1319 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1320 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1321 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1322 NULL */
|
|
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 int i;
|
|
|
1325 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1326 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1327 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1330 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 /*
|
|
|
1333 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1334 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1335 */
|
|
|
1336 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1337 {
|
|
|
1338 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1339 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1340 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1341 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1342 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1343 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1344 break;
|
|
|
1345 }
|
|
|
1346 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1347 {
|
|
|
1348 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1349 {
|
|
|
1350 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1351 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1352 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1353 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1354 else
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1357 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1358 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1359 break;
|
|
|
1360 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1361 }
|
|
|
1362 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1363 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1367 {
|
|
|
1368 /*
|
|
|
1369 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1370 */
|
|
|
1371 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1372 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1375 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1376 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1377 }
|
|
|
1378 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1379 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1380 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1381 else
|
|
|
1382 {
|
|
|
1383 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1384 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1385 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1386 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1387 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1388 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1389 {
|
|
|
1390 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1391 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1392 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1393 }
|
|
|
1394 else
|
|
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1397 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1398 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 sp = p;
|
|
|
1401 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1402 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1403 }
|
|
|
1404 }
|
|
|
1405 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1406 {
|
|
|
1407 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1408 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1409 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1410 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1411 {
|
|
|
1412 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1413 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1414 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1415 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1416 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1417 else
|
|
|
1418 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1419 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1420 }
|
|
|
1421 else
|
|
|
1422 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1423 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1424 {
|
|
|
1425 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1426 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1427 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1430 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1431 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1432 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1433 }
|
|
|
1434 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1435 return sp;
|
|
|
1436 }
|
|
|
1437
|
|
|
1438 /*
|
|
|
1439 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1440 */
|
|
|
1441 static void
|
|
|
1442 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1443 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1444 {
|
|
|
1445 int i;
|
|
|
1446 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1447
|
|
|
1448 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1449 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1450 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1451 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1452 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1453 {
|
|
|
1454 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1455 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1456 else
|
|
|
1457 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1458 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1459 {
|
|
|
1460 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1461 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1462 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1463 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1464 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1465 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1466 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1467 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1468 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1469 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1470 else
|
|
|
1471 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1472 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1473 }
|
|
|
1474 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1475 }
|
|
|
1476 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1477 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1478 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 /*
|
|
|
1482 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1483 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1484 */
|
|
|
1485 static int
|
|
|
1486 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1487 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 int i, j;
|
|
|
1490 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1491 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1492
|
|
|
1493 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1494 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1495 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1498 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1499 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1500 else
|
|
|
1501 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1504 {
|
|
|
1505 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1506 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1507 break;
|
|
|
1508 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1509 {
|
|
|
1510 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1511 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1512 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1513 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1514 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1515 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1516 * different. */
|
|
|
1517 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1518 break;
|
|
|
1519 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1520 {
|
|
|
1521 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1522 * equal. */
|
|
|
1523 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1524 {
|
|
|
1525 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1526 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1527 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1528 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1529 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1530 break;
|
|
|
1531 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1532 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1533 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1534 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1535 break;
|
|
|
1536 }
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1539 break;
|
|
|
1540 }
|
|
|
1541 }
|
|
|
1542 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1543 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1544 }
|
|
|
1545 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 /*
|
|
|
1549 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1550 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1551 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1552 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1553 * line which changed
|
|
|
1554 * displayed line
|
|
|
1555 * displayed line
|
|
|
1556 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1557 */
|
|
|
1558 void
|
|
|
1559 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1560 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1561 {
|
|
|
1562 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
1564 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1565 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1566 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1569 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1570 }
|
|
|
1571
|
|
|
1572 /*
|
|
|
1573 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1574 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 static void
|
|
|
1577 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1580 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1581 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1582 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1583 }
|
|
|
1584
|
|
|
1585 static void
|
|
|
1586 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1587 {
|
|
|
1588 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1589 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1590 }
|
|
|
1591
|
|
|
1592 /*
|
|
|
1593 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1594 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1595 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1596 */
|
|
|
1597 int
|
|
|
1598 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1599 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1602 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 /*
|
|
|
1607 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1608 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1609 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1610 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1611 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1612 */
|
|
|
1613 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1614 {
|
|
|
1615 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1616 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1617 {
|
|
|
1618 /*
|
|
|
1619 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1620 * drawn)
|
|
|
1621 */
|
|
|
1622 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1623
|
|
|
1624 /*
|
|
|
1625 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1626 * the line.
|
|
|
1627 */
|
|
|
1628 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1629 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631 /*
|
|
|
1632 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1633 */
|
|
|
1634 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1635 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637 }
|
|
|
1638
|
|
|
1639 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 return retval;
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 /*
|
|
|
1645 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1646 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1647 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1648 * is valid.
|
|
|
1649 */
|
|
|
1650 static int
|
|
|
1651 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1652 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1657 {
|
|
|
1658 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
|
1660 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
1661 /*
|
|
|
1662 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1663 */
|
|
|
1664 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1665 {
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1670 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1671 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1672 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1673 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1674
|
|
|
1675 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
|
1676 * that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
1677 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1678 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1679 --current_col;
|
|
|
1680 }
|
|
|
1681 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1682 }
|
|
|
1683 }
|
|
|
1684 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 /*
|
|
|
1688 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1689 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1690 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1691 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1692 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
|
1693 */
|
|
|
1694 int
|
|
|
1695 get_syntax_attr(col)
|
|
|
1696 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1697 {
|
|
|
1698 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1699
|
|
|
1700 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1701 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1702 return 0;
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1707 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1708 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1709
|
|
|
1710 /*
|
|
|
1711 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1712 */
|
|
|
1713 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1714 {
|
|
|
1715 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1716 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1717 }
|
|
|
1718
|
|
|
1719 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
1720 return attr;
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /*
|
|
|
1724 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1725 */
|
|
|
1726 static int
|
|
|
1727 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying)
|
|
|
1728 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1729 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
|
1730 {
|
|
|
1731 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1732 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1733 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1734 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1735 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1736 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1737 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1738 int idx;
|
|
|
1739 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
1740 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip;
|
|
|
1741 int startcol;
|
|
|
1742 int endcol;
|
|
|
1743 long flags;
|
|
|
1744 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1745 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1746 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1747 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1748 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1749 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1750 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1751 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1752 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1753 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1756 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1757 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1758 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
|
1761 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1762 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1763 */
|
|
|
1764 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1765 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1766 {
|
|
|
1767 /*
|
|
|
1768 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1769 */
|
|
|
1770 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1771 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1772 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1775 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1776 return 0;
|
|
|
1777 }
|
|
|
1778
|
|
|
1779 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1780 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1783 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1784 }
|
|
|
1785
|
|
|
1786 /*
|
|
|
1787 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1788 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1789 * the next column.
|
|
|
1790 */
|
|
|
1791 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1794 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1795 }
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1798 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
134
|
1799 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
1800 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1803 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1804 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 /*
|
|
|
1807 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1808 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1809 * column.
|
|
|
1810 */
|
|
|
1811 do
|
|
|
1812 {
|
|
|
1813 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1814 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1815 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /*
|
|
|
1818 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1819 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1820 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1821 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1822 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1823 */
|
|
|
1824 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1825 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1826 else
|
|
|
1827 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1830 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 /*
|
|
|
1833 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1834 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1835 */
|
|
|
1836 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1839 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1840 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1841 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1842 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1843 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1844 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1845 : 0)
|
|
|
1846 #endif
|
|
|
1847 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1848 {
|
|
|
1849 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1850 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
|
1851 if (syn_id)
|
|
|
1852 {
|
|
|
1853 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1854 {
|
|
|
1855 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1856 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1857 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1858 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1859 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1860 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1861 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1862 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1863 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1864 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1865 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1866 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1867 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1868 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1869 {
|
|
|
1870 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1873 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875 else
|
|
|
1876 {
|
|
|
1877 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1878 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1879 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1880 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1881 }
|
|
|
1882 }
|
|
|
1883 else
|
|
|
1884 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1885 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1886 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1887 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1888 }
|
|
|
1889 else
|
|
|
1890 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1891 }
|
|
|
1892 }
|
|
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 /*
|
|
|
1896 * 3. Check for patterns (only if not found a keyword).
|
|
|
1897 */
|
|
|
1898 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1899 {
|
|
|
1900 /*
|
|
|
1901 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1902 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1903 */
|
|
|
1904 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
|
1906 /*
|
|
|
1907 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1908 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1909 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1910 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1911 */
|
|
|
1912 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1913 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1914 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1915 {
|
|
|
1916 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1917 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1918 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1919 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1920 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1921 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1922 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1923 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1924 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1925 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1926 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1927 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1928 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1929 {
|
|
|
1930 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1931 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1932 * this item. */
|
|
|
1933 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1934 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1935 continue;
|
|
|
1936 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1937
|
|
|
1938 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1939 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1940 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1941
|
|
|
1942 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1943 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1944 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1945 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1946 {
|
|
|
1947 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1948 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1949 continue;
|
|
|
1950 }
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 /*
|
|
|
1953 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1954 */
|
|
|
1955 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1956 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1957 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1960 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1961 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1962 continue;
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1967 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1968 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 /*
|
|
|
1971 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1972 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1973 */
|
|
|
1974 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1975 continue;
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
|
1978 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1979 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
1980 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
1981 */
|
|
|
1982 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
|
1984 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
1985 continue;
|
|
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
1989 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
1992 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
1993 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1994
|
|
|
1995 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
1996 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
1997 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1998 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 /*
|
|
|
2001 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
2002 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
2003 */
|
|
|
2004 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2005 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
2006 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 flags = 0;
|
|
|
2009 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
2010 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2011 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2012 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014 /*
|
|
|
2015 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
2016 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
2017 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
2018 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
2019 */
|
|
|
2020 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2021 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2022 {
|
|
|
2023 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2026 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2027 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2028 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2029 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2030 }
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 /*
|
|
|
2033 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2034 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2035 * syncing.
|
|
|
2036 */
|
|
|
2037 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2038 {
|
|
|
2039 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2040 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2041 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2042 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2043 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2044 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2045 {
|
|
|
2046 /*
|
|
|
2047 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2048 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2049 */
|
|
|
2050 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2051 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2052 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2053 continue;
|
|
|
2054 }
|
|
|
2055 }
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 /*
|
|
|
2058 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
|
2060 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2061 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2062 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2063 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2064 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2065 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2068 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2069 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2070 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2071 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2072 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2073 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2074 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2075 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2076 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2077 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2078 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2079 }
|
|
|
2080 }
|
|
|
2081 }
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 /*
|
|
|
2084 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2085 */
|
|
|
2086 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2087 {
|
|
|
2088 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2091 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2092 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2093 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2094 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2095 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2096 {
|
|
|
2097 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2098 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2099 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2100 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2101
|
|
|
2102 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2103 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2104 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2105 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2106 {
|
|
|
2107 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2108 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2109 }
|
|
|
2110 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2111 }
|
|
|
2112 else
|
|
|
2113 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2114 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2115 }
|
|
|
2116 }
|
|
|
2117 }
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 /*
|
|
|
2120 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2121 */
|
|
|
2122 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2123 {
|
|
|
2124 /*
|
|
|
2125 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2126 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2127 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2128 */
|
|
|
2129 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
|
2131 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2132 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2133 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2134 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2135 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2136 break;
|
|
|
2137 }
|
|
|
2138
|
|
|
2139 /*
|
|
|
2140 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2141 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2142 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2143 * match.
|
|
|
2144 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2145 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2146 */
|
|
|
2147 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2148 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2149 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2150 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2151 }
|
|
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2154
|
|
|
2155 /*
|
|
|
2156 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2157 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2158 */
|
|
|
2159 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2160 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2161 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2162 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2163 #endif
|
|
|
2164 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2167 {
|
|
|
2168 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2169 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2170 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2171 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2172 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2173 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2174 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2175 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
|
2177 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2178 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2179 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2180 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2181 #endif
|
|
|
2182 break;
|
|
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184 }
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 /*
|
|
|
2187 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2188 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2189 * single character match.
|
|
|
2190 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2191 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2192 * current column.
|
|
|
2193 */
|
|
|
2194 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2197 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2198 {
|
|
|
2199 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2200 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2201 --current_col;
|
|
|
2202 }
|
|
|
2203 }
|
|
|
2204 }
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2207 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2208 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2209 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2210 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2211
|
|
|
2212 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2213 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2216 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2217 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2218 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2219
|
|
|
2220 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2221 }
|
|
|
2222
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 /*
|
|
|
2225 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2226 */
|
|
|
2227 static int
|
|
|
2228 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2229 int idx;
|
|
|
2230 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2231 {
|
|
|
2232 int i;
|
|
|
2233
|
|
|
2234 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2235 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2236 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2237 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2238 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2241 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2242 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2243 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2244 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2247 }
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 /*
|
|
|
2250 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2251 */
|
|
|
2252 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2253 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2254 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2255 {
|
|
|
2256 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2257
|
|
|
2258 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 /*
|
|
|
2261 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2262 */
|
|
|
2263 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2264 {
|
|
|
2265 /*
|
|
|
2266 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2267 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2268 */
|
|
|
2269 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2270 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2271 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2272 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2273 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2274 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2275 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2276 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2277 {
|
|
|
2278 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2279 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2280 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2281 }
|
|
|
2282 else
|
|
|
2283 {
|
|
|
2284 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2285 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2286 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2287 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2288 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2289 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2290 }
|
|
|
2291 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2292 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2293 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2294 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2295
|
|
|
2296 /*
|
|
|
2297 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2298 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2299 */
|
|
|
2300 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2301 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2302 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2303 {
|
|
|
2304 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2305 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2306 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2307 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2308 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2309 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2310 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2311 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2312 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2313 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2314 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2315 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2316 }
|
|
|
2317 }
|
|
|
2318
|
|
|
2319 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2322 }
|
|
|
2323
|
|
|
2324 /*
|
|
|
2325 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2326 */
|
|
|
2327 static void
|
|
|
2328 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2329 {
|
|
|
2330 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2331 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2334 for (;;)
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2337 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2338 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2339 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
|
2341 /*
|
|
|
2342 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2343 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2344 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2345 * position.
|
|
|
2346 */
|
|
|
2347 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2348 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2349 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2350 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2353 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2354 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2355 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2356 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2357 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
36
|
2358
|
|
|
2359 /* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
|
|
|
2360 next_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2361 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
7
|
2362 break;
|
|
|
2363 }
|
|
|
2364 else
|
|
|
2365 {
|
|
|
2366 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2367 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2368 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2369 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2370 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2371 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2372 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2373
|
|
|
2374 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2375 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2376 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2377 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
2379 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2382 break;
|
|
|
2383
|
|
|
2384 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2385 {
|
|
|
2386 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2387 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2388 break;
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2392
|
|
|
2393 /*
|
|
|
2394 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2395 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2396 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2397 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2398 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2399 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2400 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2401 */
|
|
|
2402 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2403 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2404 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2405 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2406 {
|
|
|
2407 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2408 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2409 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2410 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2411 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2412 break;
|
|
|
2413 }
|
|
|
2414 }
|
|
|
2415 }
|
|
|
2416 else
|
|
|
2417 break;
|
|
|
2418 }
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 /*
|
|
|
2422 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2423 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2424 */
|
|
|
2425 static void
|
|
|
2426 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2427 int idx;
|
|
|
2428 {
|
|
|
2429 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2430 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2433 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2434 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2435 else
|
|
|
2436 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2437 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2438 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2439 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2440 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2441 else
|
|
|
2442 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2443
|
|
|
2444 /*
|
|
|
2445 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2446 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2447 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2448 */
|
|
|
2449 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2450 {
|
|
|
2451 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2452 {
|
|
|
2453 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2454 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2455 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2456 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2457 }
|
|
|
2458 else
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2461 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
36
|
2462 sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2463 sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
|
|
7
|
2464 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2465 {
|
|
|
2466 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2467 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471 }
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
2473 /*
|
|
|
2474 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2475 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2476 */
|
|
|
2477 static void
|
|
|
2478 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 int i;
|
|
|
2481 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2482 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 /*
|
|
|
2485 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2486 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2487 */
|
|
|
2488 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2489 return;
|
|
|
2490
|
|
|
2491 /*
|
|
|
2492 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2493 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2494 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2495 */
|
|
|
2496 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2497 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2498 break;
|
|
|
2499
|
|
|
2500 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2501 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2502 {
|
|
|
2503 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2504 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2505 {
|
|
|
2506 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2507 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2508 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2509 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
|
2511 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2512 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2513 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2514 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2515 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2516 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2517 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2518 }
|
|
|
2519 }
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 /*
|
|
|
2522 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2523 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2524 *
|
|
|
2525 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2526 */
|
|
|
2527 static void
|
|
|
2528 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2529 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2530 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2531 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2534 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2535 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2536 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2537 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2540 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2541 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2542 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2543 return;
|
|
|
2544
|
|
|
2545 /*
|
|
|
2546 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2547 * line.
|
|
|
2548 */
|
|
|
2549 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2550 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2551 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2552 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2553 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2554
|
|
|
2555 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2558 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2559 {
|
|
|
2560 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2561 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2562 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2563 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2564 }
|
|
|
2565 else
|
|
|
2566 {
|
|
|
2567 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2568 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2569 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2570 }
|
|
|
2571 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2572 }
|
|
|
2573 else
|
|
|
2574 {
|
|
|
2575 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2576 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2577 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2578 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2579 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2580 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2581 }
|
|
|
2582 }
|
|
|
2583
|
|
|
2584 /*
|
|
|
2585 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2586 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2587 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2588 */
|
|
|
2589 static int
|
|
|
2590 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2591 int idx;
|
|
|
2592 {
|
|
|
2593 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2594 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2595 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2596 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2597 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2598 return OK;
|
|
|
2599 }
|
|
|
2600
|
|
|
2601 /*
|
|
|
2602 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2603 */
|
|
|
2604 static void
|
|
|
2605 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2606 {
|
|
|
2607 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2608 {
|
|
|
2609 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2610 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2611 }
|
|
|
2612 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2613 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2616 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2617 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2618 }
|
|
|
2619
|
|
|
2620 /*
|
|
|
2621 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2622 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2623 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2624 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2625 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2626 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2627 * computed.
|
|
|
2628 */
|
|
|
2629 static void
|
|
|
2630 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2631 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2632 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2633 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2634 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2635 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2636 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2637 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2638 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2639 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2642 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2643 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2644 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2645 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2646 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2647 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2648 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2649 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 /*
|
|
|
2652 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2653 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2654 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2655 */
|
|
|
2656 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2657 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2658 {
|
|
|
2659 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2660 return;
|
|
|
2661 }
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 /*
|
|
|
2664 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2665 */
|
|
|
2666 for (;;)
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2669 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2670 break;
|
|
|
2671 ++idx;
|
|
|
2672 }
|
|
|
2673
|
|
|
2674 /*
|
|
|
2675 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2678 {
|
|
|
2679 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2680 ++idx;
|
|
|
2681 }
|
|
|
2682 else
|
|
|
2683 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2686 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2687 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2690 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2691 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2692 for (;;)
|
|
|
2693 {
|
|
|
2694 /*
|
|
|
2695 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2696 */
|
|
|
2697 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2698 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2699 {
|
|
|
2700 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2703 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2704 break;
|
|
|
2705 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2706 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2707 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2708
|
|
|
2709 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2710 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2711 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2714 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2715 {
|
|
|
2716 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2717 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2718 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2719 }
|
|
|
2720 }
|
|
|
2721 }
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723 /*
|
|
|
2724 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2725 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2726 */
|
|
|
2727 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2728 break;
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 /*
|
|
|
2731 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2732 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2733 */
|
|
|
2734 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2737
|
|
|
2738 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2739 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2740 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2741 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2742 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2743 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2744 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2745 {
|
|
|
2746 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2747 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2748
|
|
|
2749 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2750 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2751 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2752 break;
|
|
|
2753
|
|
|
2754 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2755
|
|
|
2756 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2757 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2758 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2759 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2760 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2761 else
|
|
|
2762 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2763 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2764 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2765 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2766 ;
|
|
|
2767
|
|
|
2768 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2769 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2770 break;
|
|
|
2771
|
|
|
2772 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2773 }
|
|
|
2774 }
|
|
|
2775
|
|
|
2776 /*
|
|
|
2777 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2778 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2779 */
|
|
|
2780 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2781 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2782 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2783 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2784 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2787 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2788 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2789 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2790 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2791 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2792 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 /*
|
|
|
2795 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2796 */
|
|
|
2797 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2800 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2801 {
|
|
|
2802 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2803 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2804 }
|
|
|
2805 else
|
|
|
2806 {
|
|
|
2807 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2808 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2809 }
|
|
|
2810 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2813 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2814 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2815 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2816 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2817
|
|
|
2818 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2819 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2820 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 else
|
|
|
2823 {
|
|
|
2824 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2825 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2826 }
|
|
|
2827
|
|
|
2828 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2831 break;
|
|
|
2832 }
|
|
|
2833
|
|
|
2834 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2835 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2836 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2837
|
|
|
2838 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2839 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2840 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2841 }
|
|
|
2842
|
|
|
2843 /*
|
|
|
2844 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2845 */
|
|
|
2846 static void
|
|
|
2847 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2848 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2849 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2850 {
|
|
|
2851 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2852 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2853 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2854 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2855 }
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 /*
|
|
|
2858 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2859 */
|
|
|
2860 static void
|
|
|
2861 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2862 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2863 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2864 {
|
|
|
2865 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2866 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2867 else
|
|
|
2868 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2869 }
|
|
|
2870
|
|
|
2871 /*
|
|
|
2872 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2873 */
|
|
|
2874 static void
|
|
|
2875 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2876 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2877 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2878 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2879 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2880 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2881 {
|
|
|
2882 int col;
|
|
|
2883
|
|
|
2884 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2885 {
|
|
|
2886 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2887 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2888 }
|
|
|
2889 else
|
|
|
2890 {
|
|
|
2891 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2892 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2893 }
|
|
|
2894 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2895 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2896 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2897 else
|
|
|
2898 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2899 }
|
|
|
2900
|
|
|
2901 /*
|
|
|
2902 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2903 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2904 */
|
|
|
2905 static void
|
|
|
2906 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2907 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2908 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2909 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2910 int idx;
|
|
|
2911 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
2912 {
|
|
|
2913 int col;
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2916 {
|
|
|
2917 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2918 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
|
2920 else
|
|
|
2921 {
|
|
|
2922 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2923 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2924 }
|
|
|
2925 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2926 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2927 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2928 else
|
|
|
2929 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2930 }
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 /*
|
|
|
2933 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
2934 */
|
|
|
2935 static char_u *
|
|
|
2936 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
|
2938 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2939 }
|
|
|
2940
|
|
|
2941 /*
|
|
|
2942 * Call vim_regexec() to match in syn_buf.
|
|
|
2943 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
2944 */
|
|
|
2945 static int
|
|
|
2946 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
2947 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
2948 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2949 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
|
2951 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
2952 {
|
|
|
2953 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
2954 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
2955 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2956 }
|
|
|
2957 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2958 }
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 /*
|
|
|
2961 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
2962 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
2963 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
2964 */
|
|
|
2965 static int
|
|
|
2966 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
2967 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2968 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
2969 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
2970 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
2971 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
2972 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
2973 {
|
|
134
|
2974 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
2975 char_u *kwp;
|
|
7
|
2976 int round;
|
|
134
|
2977 int kwlen;
|
|
7
|
2978 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
134
|
2979 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
2980 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
7
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
2983 * checked. */
|
|
134
|
2984 kwp = line + startcol;
|
|
|
2985 kwlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
2986 do
|
|
|
2987 {
|
|
|
2988 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2989 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
134
|
2990 kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(kwp + kwlen);
|
|
7
|
2991 else
|
|
|
2992 #endif
|
|
134
|
2993 ++kwlen;
|
|
|
2994 }
|
|
|
2995 while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));
|
|
|
2996
|
|
|
2997 if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
7
|
2998 return 0;
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 /*
|
|
|
3001 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
3002 * lowercase.
|
|
|
3003 */
|
|
134
|
3004 STRNCPY(keyword, kwp, kwlen);
|
|
|
3005 keyword[kwlen] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 /*
|
|
|
3008 * Try twice:
|
|
|
3009 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
3010 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
3011 */
|
|
|
3012 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3013 {
|
|
134
|
3014 ht = round == 1 ? &syn_buf->b_keywtab : &syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3015 if (ht->ht_used == 0)
|
|
7
|
3016 continue;
|
|
134
|
3017 if (round == 2) /* ignore case */
|
|
|
3018 (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
7
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 /*
|
|
134
|
3021 * Find keywords that match. There can be several with different
|
|
|
3022 * attributes.
|
|
7
|
3023 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3024 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3025 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3026 */
|
|
134
|
3027 hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
|
|
|
3028 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3029 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3030 {
|
|
134
|
3031 if (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3032 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3033 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3034 ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3035 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3036 &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
|
|
|
3037 {
|
|
|
3038 *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
|
|
|
3039 *flagsp = kp->flags;
|
|
|
3040 *next_listp = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3041 return kp->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3042 }
|
|
7
|
3043 }
|
|
|
3044 }
|
|
|
3045 return 0;
|
|
|
3046 }
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 /*
|
|
|
3049 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3050 */
|
|
|
3051 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3052 static void
|
|
|
3053 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3054 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3055 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3056 {
|
|
|
3057 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3058 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3061 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3062 return;
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
3064 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3065 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3066 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3067 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3068 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3069 else
|
|
|
3070 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3071 }
|
|
|
3072
|
|
|
3073 /*
|
|
|
3074 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3075 */
|
|
|
3076 void
|
|
|
3077 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3078 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3079 {
|
|
|
3080 int i;
|
|
|
3081
|
|
|
3082 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
|
3083 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 /* free the keywords */
|
|
134
|
3086 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3087 clear_keywtab(&buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3090 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3091 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3092 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3095 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3096 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3097 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3100 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3101 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3102 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3103
|
|
|
3104 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3105 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3106 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3107 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3108 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3109 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3110 #endif
|
|
|
3111
|
|
|
3112 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3113 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3114 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3115 }
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 /*
|
|
|
3118 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3119 */
|
|
|
3120 static void
|
|
|
3121 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3122 {
|
|
|
3123 int i;
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3126 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3127 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3128 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3129
|
|
|
3130 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3131 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3132 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3133 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3136 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3137 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3138 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3139
|
|
|
3140 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3141 }
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 /*
|
|
|
3144 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3145 */
|
|
|
3146 static void
|
|
|
3147 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3148 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3149 int idx;
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
|
3151 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3154 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3155 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3156 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3157 #endif
|
|
|
3158 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3159 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3160 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3161 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3162 }
|
|
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 /*
|
|
|
3165 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3166 * last to first!
|
|
|
3167 */
|
|
|
3168 static void
|
|
|
3169 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3170 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3171 int i;
|
|
|
3172 {
|
|
|
3173 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3174 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3175 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3176 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3177 {
|
|
|
3178 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3179 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3180 }
|
|
|
3181 }
|
|
|
3182
|
|
|
3183 /*
|
|
|
3184 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3185 */
|
|
|
3186 static void
|
|
|
3187 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3188 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3189 int i;
|
|
|
3190 {
|
|
|
3191 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3192 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3193 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3194 }
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 /*
|
|
|
3197 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3198 */
|
|
|
3199 static void
|
|
|
3200 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3201 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3202 int syncing;
|
|
|
3203 {
|
|
|
3204 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3205 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3206 int id;
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3209 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3210 return;
|
|
|
3211
|
|
|
3212 /*
|
|
|
3213 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3214 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3215 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3216 * clear".
|
|
|
3217 */
|
|
|
3218 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3219 return;
|
|
|
3220
|
|
|
3221 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3222 {
|
|
|
3223 /*
|
|
|
3224 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3225 */
|
|
|
3226 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3227 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3228 else
|
|
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
148
|
3231 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3232 }
|
|
|
3233 }
|
|
|
3234 else
|
|
|
3235 {
|
|
|
3236 /*
|
|
|
3237 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3238 */
|
|
|
3239 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3240 {
|
|
|
3241 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3242 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3245 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3246 {
|
|
|
3247 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3248 break;
|
|
|
3249 }
|
|
|
3250 else
|
|
|
3251 {
|
|
|
3252 /*
|
|
|
3253 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3254 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3255 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3256 */
|
|
|
3257 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3258
|
|
|
3259 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3260 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3261 }
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263 else
|
|
|
3264 {
|
|
|
3265 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3266 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3267 {
|
|
|
3268 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3269 break;
|
|
|
3270 }
|
|
|
3271 else
|
|
|
3272 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3273 }
|
|
|
3274 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276 }
|
|
|
3277 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3278 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3279 }
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 /*
|
|
|
3282 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3283 */
|
|
|
3284 static void
|
|
|
3285 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3286 int id;
|
|
|
3287 int syncing;
|
|
|
3288 {
|
|
|
3289 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3290 int idx;
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3293 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3294 {
|
|
134
|
3295 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3296 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
7
|
3297 }
|
|
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3300 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3301 {
|
|
|
3302 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3303 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3304 continue;
|
|
|
3305 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3306 }
|
|
|
3307 }
|
|
|
3308
|
|
|
3309 /*
|
|
|
3310 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3311 */
|
|
|
3312 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3313 static void
|
|
|
3314 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3315 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3316 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3317 {
|
|
|
3318 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3319 }
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 /*
|
|
|
3322 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3323 */
|
|
|
3324 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3325 static void
|
|
|
3326 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3327 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3328 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3331 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
148
|
3332 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3333 }
|
|
|
3334
|
|
|
3335 /*
|
|
|
3336 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3337 */
|
|
|
3338 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3339 static void
|
|
|
3340 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3341 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3342 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3343 {
|
|
|
3344 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3345 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3346 {
|
|
|
3347 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3348 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
148
|
3349 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
3350 }
|
|
|
3351 }
|
|
|
3352
|
|
|
3353 /*
|
|
|
3354 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3355 */
|
|
|
3356 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3357 static void
|
|
|
3358 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3359 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3360 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3363 }
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365 /*
|
|
|
3366 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3367 */
|
|
|
3368 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3369 static void
|
|
|
3370 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3371 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3372 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3373 {
|
|
|
3374 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 static void
|
|
|
3378 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3379 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3380 char *name;
|
|
|
3381 {
|
|
|
3382 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3383
|
|
|
3384 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3385 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3386 {
|
|
|
3387 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
|
3388 sprintf((char *)buf + 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
|
3389 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3390 }
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 /*
|
|
|
3394 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3395 */
|
|
|
3396 static void
|
|
|
3397 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3398 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3399 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3400 {
|
|
|
3401 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3402 int id;
|
|
|
3403 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3404
|
|
|
3405 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3406 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3407 return;
|
|
|
3408
|
|
|
3409 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3412 return;
|
|
|
3413 }
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3416 {
|
|
|
3417 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3418 {
|
|
|
3419 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3420 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3421 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3422 return;
|
|
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3425 {
|
|
|
3426 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3427 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3428 else
|
|
|
3429 {
|
|
|
3430 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3431 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3432 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3433 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435 return;
|
|
|
3436 }
|
|
|
3437 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3438 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3439 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3440 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3441 {
|
|
|
3442 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3443 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3444 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3445 }
|
|
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447 else
|
|
|
3448 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3449 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3450 {
|
|
|
3451 /*
|
|
|
3452 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3453 */
|
|
|
3454 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3455 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3456 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3457 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3458 }
|
|
|
3459 else
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 /*
|
|
|
3462 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3463 */
|
|
|
3464 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3465 {
|
|
|
3466 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3467 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3468 {
|
|
|
3469 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3470 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3471 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3472 else
|
|
|
3473 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3474 }
|
|
|
3475 else
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3478 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3479 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3480 else
|
|
|
3481 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3484 }
|
|
|
3485 }
|
|
|
3486 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3487 }
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 static void
|
|
|
3490 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3491 {
|
|
|
3492 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3493 {
|
|
|
3494 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3495 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3496 {
|
|
|
3497 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3498 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3499 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3500 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3501 }
|
|
|
3502 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3503 {
|
|
|
3504 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3505 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3506 }
|
|
|
3507 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3508 }
|
|
|
3509 }
|
|
|
3510
|
|
|
3511 static void
|
|
|
3512 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3513 {
|
|
|
3514 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3515 {
|
|
|
3516 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3517 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3518 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3519 }
|
|
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521
|
|
|
3522 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3523
|
|
|
3524 struct name_list
|
|
|
3525 {
|
|
|
3526 int flag;
|
|
|
3527 char *name;
|
|
|
3528 };
|
|
|
3529
|
|
|
3530 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 /*
|
|
|
3533 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3534 */
|
|
|
3535 static void
|
|
|
3536 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3537 int id;
|
|
|
3538 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3539 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3540 {
|
|
|
3541 int attr;
|
|
|
3542 int idx;
|
|
|
3543 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3544 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3545 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3546 {
|
|
|
3547 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3548 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3549 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3550 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3551 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3552 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3553 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3554 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3555 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3556 };
|
|
|
3557 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3558 {
|
|
|
3559 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3560 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3561 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3562 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3563 };
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3566
|
|
|
3567 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3568 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3569 {
|
|
134
|
3570 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3571 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
7
|
3572 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3573 }
|
|
|
3574
|
|
|
3575 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3576 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3577 {
|
|
|
3578 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3579 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3580 continue;
|
|
|
3581
|
|
|
3582 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3583 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3584 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3585 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3586 {
|
|
|
3587 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3588 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3589 }
|
|
|
3590 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3593 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3594 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3595 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3596 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3597 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3598 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3599 --idx;
|
|
|
3600 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3601 }
|
|
|
3602 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3603
|
|
|
3604 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3605 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3608 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3609 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3612 {
|
|
|
3613 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3614 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3615 }
|
|
|
3616 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
|
3618 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3619 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3620 else
|
|
|
3621 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3622 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3623 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3624 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3625 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3626 else
|
|
|
3627 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3628 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630 }
|
|
|
3631
|
|
|
3632 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3633 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3636 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3637 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3638 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640 }
|
|
|
3641
|
|
|
3642 static void
|
|
|
3643 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3644 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3645 int flags;
|
|
|
3646 int attr;
|
|
|
3647 {
|
|
|
3648 int i;
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3651 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3652 {
|
|
|
3653 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3654 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3655 }
|
|
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657
|
|
|
3658 /*
|
|
|
3659 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3660 */
|
|
|
3661 static void
|
|
|
3662 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3663 int id;
|
|
|
3664 {
|
|
|
3665 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3666
|
|
|
3667 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3668 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3669 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3670
|
|
|
3671 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3672 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3673 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3674 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3675
|
|
|
3676 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3677 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3680 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3681 }
|
|
|
3682 else
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3685 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3686 }
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688
|
|
|
3689 static void
|
|
|
3690 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3691 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3692 short *list;
|
|
|
3693 int attr;
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 short *p;
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3698 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3699 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3702 {
|
|
|
3703 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3704 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3705 else
|
|
|
3706 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3707 }
|
|
|
3708 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3709 {
|
|
|
3710 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3711 }
|
|
|
3712 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3713 {
|
|
|
3714 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3715 }
|
|
|
3716 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
|
3718 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3721 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723 else
|
|
|
3724 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3725 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3726 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3727 }
|
|
|
3728 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3729 }
|
|
|
3730
|
|
|
3731 static void
|
|
|
3732 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3733 char *s;
|
|
|
3734 int c;
|
|
|
3735 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3736 int attr;
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 long n;
|
|
|
3739 int mask;
|
|
|
3740 int first;
|
|
|
3741 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3742 int i;
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3745 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3746 {
|
|
|
3747 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3748 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3749 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3750 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3751 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3752 else
|
|
|
3753 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3754 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756
|
|
|
3757 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3758 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3759 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3760
|
|
|
3761 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3762 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3763 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3764 {
|
|
|
3765 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3766 break;
|
|
|
3767 }
|
|
|
3768 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3769 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3770 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3773 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3774 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3775 {
|
|
|
3776 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3777 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
|
3779 if (!first)
|
|
|
3780 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3781 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3782 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3783 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3784 {
|
|
|
3785 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3786 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3787 else
|
|
|
3788 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3789 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3790 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3791 }
|
|
|
3792 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3793 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3794 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3795 }
|
|
|
3796 }
|
|
|
3797 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3798 }
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 /*
|
|
|
3801 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3802 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3803 */
|
|
|
3804 static int
|
|
134
|
3805 syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
|
|
7
|
3806 int id;
|
|
134
|
3807 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
7
|
3808 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3809 int attr;
|
|
|
3810 {
|
|
|
3811 int outlen;
|
|
134
|
3812 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3813 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3814 int todo;
|
|
7
|
3815 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3816 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3817 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3818 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3819 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3820 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 /*
|
|
|
3823 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3824 * hash value...
|
|
|
3825 */
|
|
134
|
3826 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3827 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
|
|
|
3828 {
|
|
|
3829 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3830 {
|
|
|
3831 --todo;
|
|
|
3832 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
|
|
7
|
3833 {
|
|
134
|
3834 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
7
|
3835 {
|
|
134
|
3836 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3837 || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3838 || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3839 || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3840 || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3841 || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
|
|
|
3842 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3843 else
|
|
|
3844 outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
3845 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3846 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3847 {
|
|
|
3848 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3849 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3850 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3851 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3852 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3853 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3854 }
|
|
|
3855 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3856 if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3857 {
|
|
|
3858 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3859 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3860 prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3861 }
|
|
|
3862 if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3865 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3866 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3867 prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3868 }
|
|
|
3869 if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3870 {
|
|
|
3871 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3872 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3873 prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
|
|
|
3874 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3875 {
|
|
|
3876 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3877 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3878 prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
3879 }
|
|
|
3880 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3881 {
|
|
|
3882 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
3883 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3884 prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
3885 }
|
|
|
3886 if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3887 {
|
|
|
3888 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
3889 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3890 prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
3891 }
|
|
|
3892 }
|
|
|
3893 msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
|
|
7
|
3894 }
|
|
|
3895 }
|
|
|
3896 }
|
|
|
3897 }
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 return did_header;
|
|
|
3900 }
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 static void
|
|
134
|
3903 syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
|
|
7
|
3904 int id;
|
|
134
|
3905 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3906 {
|
|
|
3907 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3908 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3909 keyentry_T *kp_prev;
|
|
|
3910 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
3911 int todo;
|
|
|
3912
|
|
|
3913 hash_lock(ht);
|
|
|
3914 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3915 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
3916 {
|
|
|
3917 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 --todo;
|
|
|
3920 kp_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
3921 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
|
|
7
|
3922 {
|
|
134
|
3923 if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
3924 {
|
|
|
3925 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3926 if (kp_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
3927 {
|
|
|
3928 if (kp_next == NULL)
|
|
|
3929 hash_remove(ht, hi);
|
|
|
3930 else
|
|
|
3931 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
|
|
|
3932 }
|
|
|
3933 else
|
|
|
3934 kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
|
|
|
3935 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
3936 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
3937 vim_free(kp);
|
|
|
3938 kp = kp_next;
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
7
|
3940 else
|
|
134
|
3941 {
|
|
|
3942 kp_prev = kp;
|
|
|
3943 kp = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3944 }
|
|
7
|
3945 }
|
|
134
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947 }
|
|
|
3948 hash_unlock(ht);
|
|
|
3949 }
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 /*
|
|
|
3952 * Clear a whole keyword table.
|
|
7
|
3953 */
|
|
|
3954 static void
|
|
134
|
3955 clear_keywtab(ht)
|
|
|
3956 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3957 {
|
|
|
3958 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
|
3959 int todo;
|
|
|
3960 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3961 keyentry_T *kp_next;
|
|
|
3962
|
|
|
3963 todo = ht->ht_used;
|
|
|
3964 for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
3967 {
|
|
|
3968 --todo;
|
|
|
3969 kp = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
3970 for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
|
|
7
|
3971 {
|
|
134
|
3972 kp_next = kp->ke_next;
|
|
|
3973 vim_free(kp->next_list);
|
|
|
3974 vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
3975 vim_free(kp);
|
|
7
|
3976 }
|
|
134
|
3977 }
|
|
|
3978 }
|
|
|
3979 hash_clear(ht);
|
|
|
3980 hash_init(ht);
|
|
7
|
3981 }
|
|
|
3982
|
|
|
3983 /*
|
|
|
3984 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
3985 */
|
|
|
3986 static void
|
|
|
3987 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
3988 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
3989 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
3990 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
3991 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
3992 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
3993 {
|
|
134
|
3994 keyentry_T *kp;
|
|
|
3995 hashtab_T *ht;
|
|
|
3996 hashitem_T *hi;
|
|
154
|
3997 char_u *name_ic;
|
|
134
|
3998 long_u hash;
|
|
154
|
3999 char_u name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];
|
|
7
|
4000
|
|
|
4001 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
154
|
4002 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
|
|
|
4003 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
|
|
|
4004 else
|
|
|
4005 name_ic = name;
|
|
134
|
4006 kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
4007 if (kp == NULL)
|
|
|
4008 return;
|
|
|
4009 STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
4010 kp->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
4011 kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4012 kp->flags = flags;
|
|
|
4013 kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4014 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4015 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4016 kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
4019 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
7
|
4020 else
|
|
134
|
4021 ht = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
|
|
|
4024 hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4025 if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
|
|
|
4026 {
|
|
|
4027 /* new keyword, add to hashtable */
|
|
|
4028 kp->ke_next = NULL;
|
|
|
4029 hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
|
|
|
4030 }
|
|
|
4031 else
|
|
|
4032 {
|
|
|
4033 /* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
|
|
|
4034 kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
|
|
|
4035 hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
|
|
|
4036 }
|
|
7
|
4037 }
|
|
|
4038
|
|
|
4039 /*
|
|
|
4040 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4041 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4042 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4043 */
|
|
|
4044 static char_u *
|
|
|
4045 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4046 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4047 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4048 {
|
|
|
4049 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4052 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4053
|
|
|
4054 /*
|
|
|
4055 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4056 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4057 */
|
|
|
4058 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4059 return NULL;
|
|
|
4060 return rest;
|
|
|
4061 }
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 /*
|
|
|
4064 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4065 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4066 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4067 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4068 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4069 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4070 */
|
|
|
4071 static char_u *
|
|
154
|
4072 get_syn_options(arg, opt)
|
|
|
4073 char_u *arg; /* next argument to be checked */
|
|
|
4074 syn_opt_arg_T *opt; /* various things */
|
|
|
4075 {
|
|
7
|
4076 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4077 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4078 int len;
|
|
154
|
4079 char *p;
|
|
7
|
4080 int i;
|
|
|
4081 int fidx;
|
|
|
4082 static struct flag
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 char *name;
|
|
154
|
4085 int argtype;
|
|
|
4086 int flags;
|
|
|
4087 } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD", 0, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4088 {"oOnNeElLiInNeE", 0, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4089 {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD", 0, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4090 {"eExXtTeEnNdD", 0, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4091 {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL", 0, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4092 {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT", 0, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4093 {"sSkKiIpPnNlL", 0, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4094 {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE", 0, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4095 {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY", 0, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4096 {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4097 {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE", 0, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4098 {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY", 0, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4099 {"fFoOlLdD", 0, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4100 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS", 1, 0},
|
|
|
4101 {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN", 2, 0},
|
|
|
4102 {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP", 3, 0},
|
|
7
|
4103 };
|
|
154
|
4104 static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";
|
|
7
|
4105
|
|
|
4106 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4107 return NULL;
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 for (;;)
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
154
|
4111 /*
|
|
|
4112 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
|
|
|
4113 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
|
|
|
4114 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
|
|
|
4115 */
|
|
|
4116 if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
|
|
|
4117 break;
|
|
7
|
4118
|
|
|
4119 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4120 {
|
|
154
|
4121 p = flagtab[fidx].name;
|
|
|
4122 for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
|
|
|
4123 if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
|
|
|
4124 break;
|
|
|
4125 if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
|
|
|
4126 || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
|
|
|
4127 ? arg[len] == '='
|
|
|
4128 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
|
|
7
|
4129 {
|
|
154
|
4130 if (opt->keyword
|
|
|
4131 && (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4132 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4133 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
7
|
4134 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4135 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4136 break;
|
|
|
4137 }
|
|
|
4138 }
|
|
154
|
4139 if (fidx < 0) /* no match found */
|
|
|
4140 break;
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
|
|
|
4143 {
|
|
|
4144 if (!opt->has_cont_list)
|
|
7
|
4145 {
|
|
|
4146 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4147 return NULL;
|
|
|
4148 }
|
|
154
|
4149 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4150 return NULL;
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
154
|
4152 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
|
|
|
4153 {
|
|
|
4154 #if 0 /* cannot happen */
|
|
|
4155 if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4156 {
|
|
|
4157 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4158 return NULL;
|
|
|
4159 }
|
|
154
|
4160 #endif
|
|
|
4161 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4162 return NULL;
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
154
|
4164 else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
|
|
|
4165 {
|
|
|
4166 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
4167 return NULL;
|
|
|
4168 }
|
|
|
4169 else
|
|
154
|
4170 {
|
|
|
4171 opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
|
|
|
4172 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4175 || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4176 {
|
|
|
4177 if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4178 {
|
|
|
4179 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4180 return NULL;
|
|
|
4181 }
|
|
|
4182 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4183 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4184 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4185 return NULL;
|
|
|
4186 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4187 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4188 return NULL;
|
|
|
4189 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4190 *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4191 else
|
|
|
4192 {
|
|
|
4193 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4194 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4195 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4196 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 *opt->sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4199 break;
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4202 {
|
|
|
4203 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4204 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4205 return NULL;
|
|
|
4206 }
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4210 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4211 }
|
|
|
4212 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4213 else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4214 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4215 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4216 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4217 #endif
|
|
|
4218 }
|
|
|
4219 }
|
|
7
|
4220
|
|
|
4221 return arg;
|
|
|
4222 }
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 /*
|
|
|
4225 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4226 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4227 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4228 */
|
|
|
4229 static void
|
|
|
4230 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4231 int id;
|
|
|
4232 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4233 {
|
|
|
4234 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4235 return;
|
|
|
4236 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4237 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4238 {
|
|
|
4239 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4240 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4241 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4244 {
|
|
|
4245 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4246 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4247 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4248 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4249 }
|
|
|
4250 }
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 /*
|
|
|
4254 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4255 */
|
|
|
4256 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4257 static void
|
|
|
4258 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4259 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4260 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4261 {
|
|
|
4262 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4263 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4264 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4265 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4266 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4267 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4268 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4269 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4272 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4273 return;
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4276 {
|
|
|
4277 ++arg;
|
|
|
4278 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4279 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4280 {
|
|
|
4281 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4282 return;
|
|
|
4283 }
|
|
|
4284 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4285 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4286 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4287 }
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 /*
|
|
|
4290 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4291 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4292 */
|
|
|
4293 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4294 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4295 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4296 {
|
|
|
4297 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4298 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4299 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4300 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4301 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4304 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4305 return;
|
|
|
4306 }
|
|
|
4307 }
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 /*
|
|
|
4310 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4311 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4312 */
|
|
|
4313 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4314 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4315 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4316 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4317 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4318 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4319 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4320 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4321 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4322 }
|
|
|
4323
|
|
|
4324 /*
|
|
|
4325 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4326 */
|
|
|
4327 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4328 static void
|
|
|
4329 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4330 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4331 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4334 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4335 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4336 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4337 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4338 char_u *p;
|
|
154
|
4339 char_u *kw;
|
|
|
4340 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
|
4341 int cnt;
|
|
7
|
4342
|
|
|
4343 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4346 {
|
|
|
4347 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4350 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4351 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4352 {
|
|
154
|
4353 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4354 syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
|
|
|
4355 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4356 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
4357 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4358 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4359
|
|
7
|
4360 /*
|
|
|
4361 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4362 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
154
|
4363 * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
|
|
7
|
4364 */
|
|
154
|
4365 cnt = 0;
|
|
|
4366 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4367 for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
7
|
4368 {
|
|
154
|
4369 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
|
4370 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4371 break;
|
|
|
4372 /* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
|
|
|
4373 while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4374 {
|
|
|
4375 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4376 ++rest;
|
|
|
4377 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4378 }
|
|
|
4379 *p++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4380 ++cnt;
|
|
|
4381 }
|
|
|
4382
|
|
|
4383 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 /* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
|
|
|
4386 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
|
4387
|
|
7
|
4388 /*
|
|
154
|
4389 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
|
|
7
|
4390 */
|
|
154
|
4391 for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
|
|
7
|
4392 {
|
|
154
|
4393 for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
|
|
7
|
4394 {
|
|
154
|
4395 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4396 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4397 add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
|
|
|
4398 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
|
|
|
4399 syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
|
4400 if (p == NULL || p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4401 break;
|
|
|
4402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4403 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
7
|
4404 {
|
|
154
|
4405 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1);
|
|
|
4406
|
|
|
4407 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4408 p += l;
|
|
|
4409 }
|
|
|
4410 else
|
|
7
|
4411 #endif
|
|
154
|
4412 {
|
|
|
4413 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4414 ++p;
|
|
7
|
4415 }
|
|
|
4416 }
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418 }
|
|
154
|
4419
|
|
7
|
4420 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
|
4421 }
|
|
|
4422 }
|
|
|
4423
|
|
|
4424 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4425 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4426 else
|
|
|
4427 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4428
|
|
154
|
4429 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4430 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4431 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4432 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4433 }
|
|
|
4434
|
|
|
4435 /*
|
|
|
4436 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4437 *
|
|
|
4438 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4439 */
|
|
|
4440 static void
|
|
|
4441 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4442 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4443 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4444 {
|
|
|
4445 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4446 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4447 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4448 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4449 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4450 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4451 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4452 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4453
|
|
|
4454 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4455 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4458 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4459 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4460 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
|
|
|
4461 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4462 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4463 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4464 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4465 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4468 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4469 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4470 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
154
|
4471 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4472 syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
7
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
154
|
4475 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4476
|
|
|
4477 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4478 {
|
|
|
4479 /*
|
|
|
4480 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4481 */
|
|
|
4482 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4483 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4484 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4485 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4486 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4487 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4488 {
|
|
154
|
4489 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4490 /*
|
|
|
4491 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4492 */
|
|
|
4493 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4494 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4495 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4496 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4497 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4498 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
154
|
4499 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4500 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
154
|
4501 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
|
4502 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4503 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4504 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4505 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4506 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4507 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4508
|
|
|
4509 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
154
|
4510 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
7
|
4511 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4512 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4513 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4514 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4515 #endif
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4518 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4519 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4520 }
|
|
|
4521 }
|
|
|
4522
|
|
|
4523 /*
|
|
|
4524 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4525 */
|
|
|
4526 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4527 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
154
|
4528 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4529 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4530 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4531
|
|
|
4532 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4533 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 /*
|
|
|
4537 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4538 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4539 */
|
|
|
4540 static void
|
|
|
4541 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4542 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4543 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4546 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4547 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4548 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4549 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4550 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4551 int item;
|
|
|
4552 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4553 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4554 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4555 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4556 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4557 {
|
|
|
4558 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4559 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4560 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4561 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4562 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4563 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4564 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4565 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4566 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4567 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4568 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4569 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4570 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4571 int idx;
|
|
154
|
4572 syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
|
|
7
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4575 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4578 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4579 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4580
|
|
|
4581 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4582
|
|
154
|
4583 syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
|
|
|
4584 syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
|
|
|
4585 syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
|
|
|
4586 syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
4587 syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4588 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4589 syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4590
|
|
7
|
4591 /*
|
|
|
4592 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4593 */
|
|
|
4594 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4595 {
|
|
|
4596 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
154
|
4597 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg);
|
|
7
|
4598 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4599 break;
|
|
|
4600
|
|
|
4601 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4602 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4603 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4604 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4605 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4606 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4607 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4608 {
|
|
|
4609 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4610 break;
|
|
|
4611 }
|
|
|
4612 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4613 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4614 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4615 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4616 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4617 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4618 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4619 {
|
|
|
4620 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4621 {
|
|
|
4622 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4623 break;
|
|
|
4624 }
|
|
|
4625 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4626 }
|
|
|
4627 else
|
|
|
4628 break;
|
|
|
4629 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4630 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4631 {
|
|
|
4632 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4633 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4634 break;
|
|
|
4635 }
|
|
|
4636 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4637 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4638 {
|
|
|
4639 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4640 break;
|
|
|
4641 }
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4644 {
|
|
|
4645 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4646 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4647 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4648 else
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4651 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4652 {
|
|
|
4653 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4654 break;
|
|
|
4655 }
|
|
|
4656 }
|
|
|
4657 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4658 }
|
|
|
4659 else
|
|
|
4660 {
|
|
|
4661 /*
|
|
|
4662 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4663 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4664 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4665 */
|
|
|
4666 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4667 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4668 {
|
|
|
4669 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4670 break;
|
|
|
4671 }
|
|
|
4672 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4673 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4674 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4675 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4678 break;
|
|
|
4679 }
|
|
|
4680
|
|
|
4681 /*
|
|
|
4682 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
|
4684 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4685 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4686 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4687 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4688 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4689 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4690 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4691 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
154
|
4692 && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
7
|
4693 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4694 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4695 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4696 }
|
|
|
4697 }
|
|
|
4698 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4699 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4700 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 /*
|
|
|
4703 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4704 */
|
|
|
4705 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4706 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4707 {
|
|
|
4708 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4709 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4710 }
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4713 {
|
|
|
4714 /*
|
|
|
4715 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4716 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4717 */
|
|
|
4718 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4719 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4720 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4721 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4722 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4723 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
154
|
4725 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
|
|
7
|
4726 /*
|
|
|
4727 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4728 */
|
|
|
4729 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4730 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4731 {
|
|
|
4732 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4733 {
|
|
|
4734 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4735 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4736 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4737 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4738 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
154
|
4739 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
|
|
7
|
4740 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4741 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4742 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4743 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4744 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4745 {
|
|
154
|
4746 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list =
|
|
|
4747 syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
|
|
7
|
4748 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
154
|
4749 syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4750 if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4751 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
154
|
4752 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list =
|
|
|
4753 syn_opt_arg.next_list;
|
|
7
|
4754 }
|
|
|
4755 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4756 ++idx;
|
|
|
4757 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
154
|
4758 if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
7
|
4759 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4760 #endif
|
|
|
4761 }
|
|
|
4762 }
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4765 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4766 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768 }
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 /*
|
|
|
4771 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4772 */
|
|
|
4773 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4774 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 if (!success)
|
|
|
4777 {
|
|
|
4778 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4779 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4780 }
|
|
|
4781 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4782 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4783 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 if (!success)
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
154
|
4788 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
|
|
|
4789 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4790 vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
|
|
7
|
4791 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4792 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4793 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4794 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4795 }
|
|
|
4796 }
|
|
|
4797
|
|
|
4798 /*
|
|
|
4799 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4800 */
|
|
|
4801 static int
|
|
|
4802 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4803 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4804 #endif
|
|
|
4805 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4806 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4807 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4808 {
|
|
|
4809 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4810 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4811
|
|
|
4812 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4813 }
|
|
|
4814
|
|
|
4815 /*
|
|
|
4816 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4817 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4818 */
|
|
|
4819 static void
|
|
|
4820 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4821 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4822 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4823 int list_op;
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4826 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4827 short *g1;
|
|
|
4828 short *g2;
|
|
|
4829 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4830 int count;
|
|
|
4831 int round;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 /*
|
|
|
4834 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4835 */
|
|
|
4836 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4837 return;
|
|
|
4838 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
|
4840 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4841 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4842 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4843 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4844 else
|
|
|
4845 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4846 return;
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4850 ++count1;
|
|
|
4851 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4852 ++count2;
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 /*
|
|
|
4855 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4856 */
|
|
|
4857 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4858 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4859
|
|
|
4860 /*
|
|
|
4861 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4862 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4863 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4864 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4865 */
|
|
|
4866 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4867 {
|
|
|
4868 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
4869 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4870 count = 0;
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 /*
|
|
|
4873 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
4874 */
|
|
|
4875 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
4876 {
|
|
|
4877 /*
|
|
|
4878 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
4879 */
|
|
|
4880 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
4881 {
|
|
|
4882 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4883 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4884 count++;
|
|
|
4885 g1++;
|
|
|
4886 continue;
|
|
|
4887 }
|
|
|
4888 /*
|
|
|
4889 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
4890 * lists.
|
|
|
4891 */
|
|
|
4892 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4893 {
|
|
|
4894 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4895 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4896 count++;
|
|
|
4897 }
|
|
|
4898 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
4899 g1++;
|
|
|
4900 g2++;
|
|
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 /*
|
|
|
4904 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
4905 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
4906 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
4907 */
|
|
|
4908 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
4909 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4910 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4911 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4912 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
4913 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4914 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
4917 {
|
|
|
4918 /*
|
|
|
4919 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
4920 * space for it.
|
|
|
4921 */
|
|
|
4922 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
4923 {
|
|
|
4924 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4925 break;
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4928 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
4929 break;
|
|
|
4930 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932 }
|
|
|
4933
|
|
|
4934 /*
|
|
|
4935 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
4936 */
|
|
|
4937 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4938 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4939 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
4940 }
|
|
|
4941
|
|
|
4942 /*
|
|
|
4943 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
4944 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
4945 */
|
|
|
4946 static int
|
|
|
4947 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
4948 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4949 {
|
|
|
4950 int i;
|
|
|
4951 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
4952
|
|
|
4953 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
4954 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
4955 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
4956 return 0;
|
|
|
4957 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4958 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
4959 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
4960 break;
|
|
|
4961 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
4962 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
4963 }
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 /*
|
|
|
4966 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
4967 */
|
|
|
4968 static int
|
|
|
4969 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
4970 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
4971 int len;
|
|
|
4972 {
|
|
|
4973 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4974 int id = 0;
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
4977 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
|
4979 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
4980 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4981 }
|
|
|
4982 return id;
|
|
|
4983 }
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 /*
|
|
|
4986 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
4987 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
4988 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
4989 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
4990 */
|
|
|
4991 static int
|
|
|
4992 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
4993 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
4994 int len;
|
|
|
4995 {
|
|
|
4996 int id;
|
|
|
4997 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4998
|
|
|
4999 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
5000 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5001 return 0;
|
|
|
5002
|
|
|
5003 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
5004 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
5005 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
5006 else
|
|
|
5007 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5008 return id;
|
|
|
5009 }
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 /*
|
|
|
5012 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
5013 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
5014 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
5015 */
|
|
|
5016 static int
|
|
|
5017 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
|
5018 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5019 {
|
|
|
5020 int len;
|
|
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 /*
|
|
|
5023 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5024 */
|
|
|
5025 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct syn_cluster);
|
|
|
5028 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 /*
|
|
|
5032 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5033 */
|
|
|
5034 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5035 {
|
|
|
5036 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5037 return 0;
|
|
|
5038 }
|
|
|
5039 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(struct syn_cluster));
|
|
|
5042 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5043 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5044 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5045 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5048 }
|
|
|
5049
|
|
|
5050 /*
|
|
|
5051 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5052 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5053 */
|
|
|
5054 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5055 static void
|
|
|
5056 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5057 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5058 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5059 {
|
|
|
5060 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5061 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5062 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5063 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5064 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5065 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5066 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5067 int list_op;
|
|
|
5068
|
|
|
5069 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5070 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5071 return;
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5074
|
|
|
5075 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
|
5078 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 for (;;)
|
|
|
5081 {
|
|
|
5082 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5083 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5084 {
|
|
|
5085 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5086 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5087 }
|
|
|
5088 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5089 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5090 {
|
|
|
5091 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5092 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5093 }
|
|
|
5094 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5095 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5098 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100 else
|
|
|
5101 break;
|
|
|
5102
|
|
|
5103 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5104 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5105 {
|
|
|
5106 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5107 break;
|
|
|
5108 }
|
|
|
5109 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5110 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5111 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5112 }
|
|
|
5113
|
|
|
5114 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5117 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5118 }
|
|
|
5119 }
|
|
|
5120
|
|
|
5121 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5122 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5123 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5124 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5125 }
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 /*
|
|
|
5128 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5129 */
|
|
|
5130 static void
|
|
|
5131 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5132 {
|
|
|
5133 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5134 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5135 }
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 /*
|
|
|
5138 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5139 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5140 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5141 */
|
|
|
5142 static char_u *
|
|
|
5143 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5144 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5145 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5146 {
|
|
|
5147 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5148 int *p;
|
|
|
5149 int idx;
|
|
|
5150 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5151
|
|
|
5152 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5153 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5154 return NULL;
|
|
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5157 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5158 {
|
|
|
5159 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5160 return NULL;
|
|
|
5161 }
|
|
|
5162 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5163 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5164 return NULL;
|
|
|
5165
|
|
|
5166 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5167 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5168 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5169 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5170 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5171
|
|
|
5172 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5173 return NULL;
|
|
|
5174 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 /*
|
|
|
5177 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5178 */
|
|
|
5179 ++end;
|
|
|
5180 do
|
|
|
5181 {
|
|
|
5182 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5183 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5184 break;
|
|
|
5185 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5188 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5189 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5192 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5193 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5194 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5195 }
|
|
|
5196 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5199 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5200 {
|
|
|
5201 end += 3;
|
|
|
5202 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5203
|
|
|
5204 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5205 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5206 {
|
|
|
5207 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5208 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5209 }
|
|
|
5210 }
|
|
|
5211 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5212 {
|
|
|
5213 end += 4;
|
|
|
5214 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 ++end;
|
|
|
5217 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5220 {
|
|
|
5221 ++end;
|
|
|
5222 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5223 }
|
|
|
5224 }
|
|
|
5225 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5226 break;
|
|
|
5227 ++end;
|
|
|
5228 }
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5231
|
|
|
5232 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5233 {
|
|
|
5234 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5235 return NULL;
|
|
|
5236 }
|
|
|
5237 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5238 }
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 /*
|
|
|
5241 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5242 */
|
|
|
5243 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5244 static void
|
|
|
5245 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5246 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5247 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5250 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5251 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5252 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5253 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5254 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5255 long n;
|
|
|
5256 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5259 {
|
|
|
5260 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5261 return;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5265 {
|
|
|
5266 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5267 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5268 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5269 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5270 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5271 {
|
|
|
5272 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5273 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5274 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5275 {
|
|
|
5276 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5277 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5278 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5279 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5280 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5281 }
|
|
|
5282 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5283 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5286 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5287 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5288 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5289 {
|
|
|
5290 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5291 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5292 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5293 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5294 else
|
|
|
5295 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5296 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5297 {
|
|
|
5298 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5299 break;
|
|
|
5300 }
|
|
|
5301 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5302 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5303 {
|
|
|
5304 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5305 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5306 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5307 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5308 else
|
|
|
5309 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5310 }
|
|
|
5311 }
|
|
|
5312 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5313 {
|
|
|
5314 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5315 {
|
|
|
5316 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5317 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5318 }
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5323 {
|
|
|
5324 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5325 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5326 break;
|
|
|
5327 }
|
|
|
5328 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5329 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5330 {
|
|
|
5331 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5332 break;
|
|
|
5333 }
|
|
|
5334
|
|
|
5335 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5338 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5339 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5342 break;
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5345
|
|
|
5346 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5347 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5348 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5349 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5350 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5351 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5354 {
|
|
|
5355 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5356 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5357 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5358 break;
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360 }
|
|
|
5361 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5362 }
|
|
|
5363 else
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5366 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5367 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5368 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5369 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5370 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5371 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5372 else
|
|
|
5373 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5374 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5375 break;
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5380 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5381 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5382 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5383 {
|
|
|
5384 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5385 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5386 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5387 }
|
|
|
5388 }
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 /*
|
|
|
5391 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5392 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5393 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5394 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5395 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5396 */
|
|
|
5397 static int
|
|
|
5398 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5399 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5400 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5401 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5402 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5403 {
|
|
|
5404 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5405 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5406 int round;
|
|
|
5407 int count;
|
|
|
5408 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5409 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5410 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5411 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5412 int id;
|
|
|
5413 int i;
|
|
|
5414 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 /*
|
|
|
5417 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5418 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5419 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5420 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5421 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5422 */
|
|
|
5423 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
|
5425 /*
|
|
|
5426 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5427 */
|
|
|
5428 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5429 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5430 {
|
|
|
5431 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5432 break;
|
|
|
5433 }
|
|
|
5434 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5435 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5436 {
|
|
|
5437 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5438 break;
|
|
|
5439 }
|
|
|
5440
|
|
|
5441 /*
|
|
|
5442 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5443 */
|
|
|
5444 count = 0;
|
|
|
5445 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5446 {
|
|
|
5447 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5448 ;
|
|
|
5449 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5450 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5451 {
|
|
|
5452 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5453 break;
|
|
|
5454 }
|
|
|
5455 STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
|
5456 name[end - p + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5457 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5458 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5459 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5460 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5461 {
|
|
|
5462 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5463 {
|
|
|
5464 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5465 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5466 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5467 break;
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5472 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5473 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5474 break;
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5477 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5478 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5479 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5480 else
|
|
|
5481 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5482 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5483 }
|
|
|
5484 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5487 }
|
|
|
5488 else
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 /*
|
|
|
5491 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5492 */
|
|
|
5493 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5494 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5495 else
|
|
|
5496 {
|
|
|
5497 /*
|
|
|
5498 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5499 */
|
|
|
5500 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5501 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5502 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5503 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5504 {
|
|
|
5505 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5506 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5507 break;
|
|
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5511 id = 0;
|
|
|
5512 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5515 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5518 {
|
|
|
5519 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5520 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5521 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5522 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5523 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5524 {
|
|
|
5525 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5526 round = 1;
|
|
|
5527 }
|
|
|
5528 else
|
|
|
5529 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5530 }
|
|
|
5531 ++count;
|
|
|
5532 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5533 }
|
|
|
5534 }
|
|
|
5535 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5536 }
|
|
|
5537 }
|
|
|
5538 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5539 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5540 {
|
|
|
5541 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5542 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5543 break;
|
|
|
5544 }
|
|
|
5545 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5546 {
|
|
|
5547 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
|
5549 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5550 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5551 {
|
|
|
5552 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5553 round = 1;
|
|
|
5554 }
|
|
|
5555 else
|
|
|
5556 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558 ++count;
|
|
|
5559 }
|
|
|
5560 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5561 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5562 break;
|
|
|
5563 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5564 }
|
|
|
5565 if (failed)
|
|
|
5566 break;
|
|
|
5567 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5568 {
|
|
|
5569 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5570 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5571 break;
|
|
|
5572 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5573 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575 }
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5578 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5581 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5582 }
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5585 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5586 else
|
|
|
5587 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 return OK;
|
|
|
5590 }
|
|
|
5591
|
|
|
5592 /*
|
|
|
5593 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5594 */
|
|
|
5595 static short *
|
|
|
5596 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5597 short *list;
|
|
|
5598 {
|
|
|
5599 int len;
|
|
|
5600 int count;
|
|
|
5601 short *retval;
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5604 return NULL;
|
|
|
5605
|
|
|
5606 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5607 ;
|
|
|
5608 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5609 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5610 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5611 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 return retval;
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615
|
|
|
5616 /*
|
|
|
5617 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5618 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5619 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5620 * the current item.
|
|
|
5621 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5622 */
|
|
|
5623 static int
|
|
|
5624 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5625 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5626 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5627 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5628 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5629 {
|
|
|
5630 int retval;
|
|
|
5631 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5632 short item;
|
|
|
5633 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5634 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5635 int r;
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
36
|
5638 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
|
|
|
5639 && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
7
|
5640 {
|
|
|
5641 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5642 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5643 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5644 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5645 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5646 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5647 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5648 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5649 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5650 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5651 }
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5654 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5655
|
|
|
5656 /*
|
|
|
5657 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5658 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5659 */
|
|
|
5660 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5661 return !contained;
|
|
|
5662
|
|
|
5663 /*
|
|
|
5664 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5665 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5666 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5667 */
|
|
|
5668 item = *list;
|
|
|
5669 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5670 {
|
|
|
5671 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5672 {
|
|
|
5673 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5674 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5675 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5678 {
|
|
|
5679 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5680 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5681 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5682 }
|
|
|
5683 else
|
|
|
5684 {
|
|
|
5685 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5686 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5687 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5688 }
|
|
|
5689 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5690 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692 else
|
|
|
5693 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 /*
|
|
|
5696 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5697 */
|
|
|
5698 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5699 {
|
|
|
5700 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5701 return retval;
|
|
|
5702 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5703 {
|
|
|
5704 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5705 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5706 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5707 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 ++depth;
|
|
|
5710 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5711 --depth;
|
|
|
5712 if (r)
|
|
|
5713 return retval;
|
|
|
5714 }
|
|
|
5715 }
|
|
|
5716 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5717 }
|
|
|
5718 return !retval;
|
|
|
5719 }
|
|
|
5720
|
|
|
5721 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5722 {
|
|
|
5723 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5724 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5725 };
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5728 {
|
|
|
5729 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5730 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5731 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5732 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5733 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5734 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5735 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5736 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5737 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5738 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5739 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5740 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5741 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
|
5742 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5743 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5744 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5745 };
|
|
|
5746
|
|
|
5747 /*
|
|
|
5748 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5749 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5750 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5751 */
|
|
|
5752 void
|
|
|
5753 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5754 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5755 {
|
|
|
5756 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5757 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5758 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5759 int i;
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5764 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5765 ;
|
|
|
5766 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5767 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5768 {
|
|
|
5769 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5770 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5771 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5772 {
|
|
|
5773 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5776 break;
|
|
|
5777 }
|
|
|
5778 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5779 {
|
|
|
5780 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5781 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5782 break;
|
|
|
5783 }
|
|
|
5784 }
|
|
|
5785 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5786 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5787 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5788 }
|
|
|
5789 }
|
|
|
5790
|
|
|
5791 int
|
|
|
5792 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5793 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5796 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
134
|
5797 || curbuf->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
|
|
|
5798 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
|
|
7
|
5799 }
|
|
|
5800
|
|
|
5801 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 static enum
|
|
|
5804 {
|
|
|
5805 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5806 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5807 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809
|
|
|
5810 /*
|
|
|
5811 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5812 */
|
|
|
5813 void
|
|
|
5814 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5815 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5816 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5817 {
|
|
|
5818 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5821 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5822 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5823 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5824 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5825 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5828 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5831 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5832 {
|
|
|
5833 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5834 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5835 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5836 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5837 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5838 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5839 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5840 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5841 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5842 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5843 else
|
|
|
5844 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5845 }
|
|
|
5846 }
|
|
|
5847 }
|
|
|
5848
|
|
|
5849 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 /*
|
|
|
5852 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5853 * expansion.
|
|
|
5854 */
|
|
|
5855 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5856 char_u *
|
|
|
5857 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5858 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5859 int idx;
|
|
|
5860 {
|
|
|
5861 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5862 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
5863 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
5864 }
|
|
|
5865
|
|
|
5866 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5869 /*
|
|
|
5870 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
5871 */
|
|
|
5872 int
|
|
|
5873 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans)
|
|
|
5874 long lnum;
|
|
|
5875 long col;
|
|
|
5876 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
|
5877 {
|
|
|
5878 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
5879 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
|
5880 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
|
5881 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
|
5882 || col < (long)current_col)
|
|
|
5883 syntax_start(curwin, lnum);
|
|
|
5884
|
|
|
5885 (void)get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)col);
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
5888 }
|
|
|
5889 #endif
|
|
|
5890
|
|
|
5891 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5892 /*
|
|
|
5893 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
5894 */
|
|
|
5895 int
|
|
|
5896 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
5897 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
5898 long lnum;
|
|
|
5899 {
|
|
|
5900 int level = 0;
|
|
|
5901 int i;
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
5904 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
5905 {
|
|
|
5906 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5909 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
5910 ++level;
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
5913 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
5914 return level;
|
|
|
5915 }
|
|
|
5916 #endif
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 /**************************************
|
|
|
5922 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
5923 **************************************/
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 /*
|
|
|
5926 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
5927 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
5928 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
5929 */
|
|
|
5930 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
5931 {
|
|
|
5932 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5933 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
5934 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
5935 #endif
|
|
|
5936 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
5937 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
5938 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
5939 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
5940 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
5941 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
5942 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
5943 "Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guifg=Grey guibg=fg",
|
|
|
5944 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
5945 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
|
5946 NULL
|
|
|
5947 };
|
|
|
5948
|
|
|
5949 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
5950 {
|
|
|
5951 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
5952 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
5953 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
5954 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
5955 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
5956 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
|
5957 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
5958 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
5959 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
5960 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
5961 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5962 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5963 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5964 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
5965 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
5966 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
5967 NULL
|
|
|
5968 };
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
5971 {
|
|
|
5972 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5973 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
5974 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
5975 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
5976 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
5977 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
5978 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5979 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
5980 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
5981 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
5982 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5983 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5984 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5985 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5986 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
5987 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
5988 NULL
|
|
|
5989 };
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 void
|
|
|
5992 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
5993 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
5994 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 int i;
|
|
|
5997 char **pp;
|
|
|
5998 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
5999 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6000 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6001
|
|
|
6002 /*
|
|
|
6003 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
6004 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
6005 */
|
|
|
6006 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
6007 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
6008 return;
|
|
|
6009 #endif
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /*
|
|
|
6012 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
6013 */
|
|
|
6014 if (both)
|
|
|
6015 {
|
|
|
6016 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
6017 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
6018 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6019 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6020 }
|
|
|
6021 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6022 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6023 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6024 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6025 return;
|
|
|
6026
|
|
|
6027 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6028 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6029 else
|
|
|
6030 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6031 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6032 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6033
|
|
|
6034 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6035 /*
|
|
|
6036 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6037 */
|
|
|
6038 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
24
|
6039 {
|
|
|
6040 static int recursive = 0;
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 if (recursive >= 5)
|
|
|
6043 EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
|
|
|
6044 else
|
|
|
6045 {
|
|
|
6046 ++recursive;
|
|
|
6047 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
|
6048 --recursive;
|
|
|
6049 }
|
|
|
6050 }
|
|
7
|
6051 #endif
|
|
|
6052 }
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 /*
|
|
12
|
6055 * Load color file "name".
|
|
7
|
6056 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6057 */
|
|
|
6058 int
|
|
12
|
6059 load_colors(name)
|
|
|
6060 char_u *name;
|
|
7
|
6061 {
|
|
|
6062 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6063 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6064 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6065
|
|
|
6066 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6067 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6068 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6069 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6070 return OK;
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
12
|
6073 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
|
|
7
|
6074 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6075 {
|
|
12
|
6076 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
|
|
7
|
6077 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
6078 vim_free(buf);
|
|
12
|
6079 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6080 apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6081 #endif
|
|
7
|
6082 }
|
|
|
6083 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 return retval;
|
|
|
6086 }
|
|
|
6087
|
|
|
6088 /*
|
|
|
6089 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6090 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6091 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6092 */
|
|
|
6093 void
|
|
|
6094 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6095 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6096 int forceit;
|
|
|
6097 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6098 {
|
|
|
6099 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6100 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6101 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6102 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6103 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6104 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6105 long i;
|
|
|
6106 int off;
|
|
|
6107 int len;
|
|
|
6108 int attr;
|
|
|
6109 int id;
|
|
|
6110 int idx;
|
|
|
6111 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6112 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6113 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6114 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6115 int color;
|
|
|
6116 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6117 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6118 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6119 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6120 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6121 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6122 #else
|
|
|
6123 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6124 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6125 #endif
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 /*
|
|
|
6128 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6129 */
|
|
|
6130 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6131 {
|
|
|
6132 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6133 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6134 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6135 return;
|
|
|
6136 }
|
|
|
6137
|
|
|
6138 /*
|
|
|
6139 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6142 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6143
|
|
|
6144 /*
|
|
|
6145 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6146 */
|
|
|
6147 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6148 {
|
|
|
6149 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6150 line = linep;
|
|
|
6151 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6152 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6153 }
|
|
|
6154
|
|
|
6155 /*
|
|
|
6156 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6157 */
|
|
|
6158 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6159 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6160 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6161 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6162
|
|
|
6163 /*
|
|
|
6164 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6165 */
|
|
|
6166 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6167 {
|
|
|
6168 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6169 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6170 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6171 else
|
|
|
6172 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6173 return;
|
|
|
6174 }
|
|
|
6175
|
|
|
6176 /*
|
|
|
6177 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6178 */
|
|
|
6179 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
|
6181 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6182 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6183 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6184 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6185 int from_id;
|
|
|
6186 int to_id;
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6189 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6190 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6191
|
|
|
6192 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6193 {
|
|
|
6194 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6195 from_start);
|
|
|
6196 return;
|
|
|
6197 }
|
|
|
6198
|
|
|
6199 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6200 {
|
|
|
6201 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6202 return;
|
|
|
6203 }
|
|
|
6204
|
|
|
6205 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6206 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6207 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6208 else
|
|
|
6209 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6210
|
|
|
6211 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6212 {
|
|
|
6213 /*
|
|
|
6214 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6215 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6216 */
|
|
|
6217 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6218 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6219 {
|
|
|
6220 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6221 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6222 }
|
|
|
6223 else
|
|
|
6224 {
|
|
|
6225 if (!init)
|
|
|
6226 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6227 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
|
6228 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6229 }
|
|
|
6230 }
|
|
|
6231
|
|
|
6232 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6233 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 return;
|
|
|
6236 }
|
|
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6239 {
|
|
|
6240 /*
|
|
|
6241 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6242 */
|
|
|
6243 line = linep;
|
|
|
6244 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6245 {
|
|
|
6246 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6247 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6248 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6249 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6250 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6251 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6252 */
|
|
|
6253 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6254 {
|
|
|
6255 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6256 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6257 # endif
|
|
|
6258 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6259 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6260 # endif
|
|
|
6261 }
|
|
|
6262 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6263 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6264 # endif
|
|
|
6265 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6266 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6267
|
|
|
6268 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6269 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6270 */
|
|
|
6271 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6272 # endif
|
|
|
6273 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6274 {
|
|
|
6275 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6276 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6277 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6278 # endif
|
|
|
6279 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6280 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6281 # endif
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283 # endif
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6286 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6287 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6288 */
|
|
|
6289 #endif
|
|
|
6290 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
148
|
6291 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
|
|
7
|
6292 #endif
|
|
|
6293 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6294
|
|
|
6295 /*
|
|
|
6296 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6297 */
|
|
|
6298 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6299 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6300 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6301 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6302 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6303 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6304 #endif
|
|
|
6305 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6306 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6307 return;
|
|
|
6308 }
|
|
|
6309 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6310 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6311 }
|
|
|
6312
|
|
|
6313 /*
|
|
|
6314 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6315 */
|
|
|
6316 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6317 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6318 return;
|
|
|
6319 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6322 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6323 return;
|
|
|
6324
|
|
|
6325 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6326 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6327 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6328 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6329 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6330 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6331 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6332 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6333 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6334 #endif
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6337 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6338 {
|
|
|
6339 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6340 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6341 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6342 }
|
|
|
6343
|
|
|
6344 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6345 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6346 {
|
|
|
6347 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6348 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6349 {
|
|
|
6350 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6351 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6352 break;
|
|
|
6353 }
|
|
|
6354
|
|
|
6355 /*
|
|
|
6356 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6357 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6358 */
|
|
|
6359 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6360 ++linep;
|
|
|
6361 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6362 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6363 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6364 {
|
|
|
6365 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6366 break;
|
|
|
6367 }
|
|
|
6368 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6371 {
|
|
|
6372 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6373 {
|
|
|
6374 if (!init)
|
|
|
6375 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6376 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6377 }
|
|
|
6378 continue;
|
|
|
6379 }
|
|
|
6380
|
|
|
6381 /*
|
|
|
6382 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6383 */
|
|
|
6384 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6385 {
|
|
|
6386 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6387 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6388 break;
|
|
|
6389 }
|
|
|
6390 ++linep;
|
|
|
6391
|
|
|
6392 /*
|
|
|
6393 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6394 */
|
|
|
6395 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6396 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6397 {
|
|
|
6398 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6399 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6400 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6401 {
|
|
|
6402 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6403 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6404 break;
|
|
|
6405 }
|
|
|
6406 }
|
|
|
6407 else
|
|
|
6408 {
|
|
|
6409 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6410 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6411 }
|
|
|
6412 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6413 {
|
|
|
6414 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6415 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6416 break;
|
|
|
6417 }
|
|
|
6418 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6419 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6420 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6421 {
|
|
|
6422 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6423 break;
|
|
|
6424 }
|
|
|
6425 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6426 ++linep;
|
|
|
6427
|
|
|
6428 /*
|
|
|
6429 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6430 */
|
|
|
6431 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6432 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6433 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6436 off = 0;
|
|
|
6437 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6440 {
|
|
|
6441 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6442 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6443 {
|
|
|
6444 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6445 off += len;
|
|
|
6446 break;
|
|
|
6447 }
|
|
|
6448 }
|
|
|
6449 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6450 {
|
|
|
6451 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6452 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6453 break;
|
|
|
6454 }
|
|
|
6455 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6456 ++off;
|
|
|
6457 }
|
|
|
6458 if (error)
|
|
|
6459 break;
|
|
|
6460 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6461 {
|
|
|
6462 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6463 {
|
|
|
6464 if (!init)
|
|
|
6465 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6466 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6467 }
|
|
|
6468 }
|
|
|
6469 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6470 {
|
|
|
6471 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6472 {
|
|
|
6473 if (!init)
|
|
|
6474 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6475 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6476 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6477 }
|
|
|
6478 }
|
|
|
6479 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6480 else
|
|
|
6481 {
|
|
|
6482 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6483 {
|
|
|
6484 if (!init)
|
|
|
6485 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6486 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488 }
|
|
|
6489 #endif
|
|
|
6490 }
|
|
|
6491 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6492 {
|
|
|
6493 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6495 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6496 {
|
|
|
6497 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6498 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6499 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6500 }
|
|
|
6501 else
|
|
|
6502 {
|
|
|
6503 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6504 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6505 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6506 # endif
|
|
|
6507 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6508 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6509 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6510 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6511 */
|
|
|
6512
|
|
|
6513 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6514 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6515 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6516 # endif
|
|
|
6517 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6518 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6519
|
|
|
6520 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6521 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6522 {
|
|
|
6523 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6524 * one.
|
|
|
6525 */
|
|
|
6526 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6527 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6528 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6529 }
|
|
|
6530 else
|
|
|
6531 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6532 # endif
|
|
|
6533 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6534 {
|
|
|
6535 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6536 * one.
|
|
|
6537 */
|
|
|
6538 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6539 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6540 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6541 }
|
|
|
6542 else
|
|
|
6543 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6544 }
|
|
|
6545 #endif
|
|
|
6546 }
|
|
|
6547 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6548 {
|
|
|
6549 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6550 {
|
|
|
6551 if (!init)
|
|
|
6552 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6553
|
|
|
6554 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6555 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6556 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6557 {
|
|
|
6558 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6559 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6563 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6564 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6565 {
|
|
|
6566 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6567 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6568 else
|
|
|
6569 {
|
|
|
6570 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6571 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6572 break;
|
|
|
6573 }
|
|
|
6574 }
|
|
|
6575 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6576 {
|
|
|
6577 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6578 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6579 else
|
|
|
6580 {
|
|
|
6581 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6582 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6583 break;
|
|
|
6584 }
|
|
|
6585 }
|
|
|
6586 else
|
|
|
6587 {
|
|
|
6588 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6589 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6590 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6591 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6592 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6593 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6594 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6595 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6596 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6597 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6598 7, 7,
|
|
|
6599 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6600 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6601 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6602 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6603 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6604 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6605 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6606 84, 84,
|
|
|
6607 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6608 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6609 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6610 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6611 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6612 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6613 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6614 248, 248,
|
|
|
6615 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6616 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6617 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6618 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6619 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6620 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6621 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6622 7, 7,
|
|
|
6623 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6624 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6625 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6626 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6627 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6628 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6629 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6630 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6631 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6632 #endif
|
|
|
6633
|
|
|
6634 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6635 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6636 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6637 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6638 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6639 break;
|
|
|
6640 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6641 {
|
|
|
6642 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6643 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6644 break;
|
|
|
6645 }
|
|
|
6646
|
|
|
6647 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6648 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6649 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6650 {
|
|
|
6651 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6652 {
|
|
|
6653 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6654 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6655 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6656 #else
|
|
|
6657 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6658 #endif
|
|
|
6659 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6660 {
|
|
|
6661 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6662 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6663 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6664 {
|
|
|
6665 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6666 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6667 }
|
|
|
6668 else
|
|
|
6669 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6670 }
|
|
|
6671 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6672 }
|
|
|
6673 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6674 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6675 {
|
|
|
6676 /*
|
|
|
6677 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6678 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6679 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6680 */
|
|
|
6681 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6682 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6683 else
|
|
|
6684 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6685 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6686 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6687 {
|
|
|
6688 case 16:
|
|
|
6689 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6690 break;
|
|
|
6691 case 88:
|
|
|
6692 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6693 break;
|
|
|
6694 case 256:
|
|
|
6695 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6696 break;
|
|
|
6697 }
|
|
|
6698 }
|
|
|
6699 }
|
|
|
6700 }
|
|
|
6701 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6702 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6703 {
|
|
|
6704 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6705 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6706 {
|
|
|
6707 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6708 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6709 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6710 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6711 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6712 #endif
|
|
|
6713 {
|
|
|
6714 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6715 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6716 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6717 }
|
|
|
6718 }
|
|
|
6719 }
|
|
|
6720 else
|
|
|
6721 {
|
|
|
6722 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6723 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6724 {
|
|
|
6725 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6726 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6727 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6728 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6729 #endif
|
|
|
6730 {
|
|
|
6731 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6732 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6733 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6734 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6735 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6736 else
|
|
|
6737 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6738 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6739 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6740 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6741 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6742 }
|
|
|
6743 }
|
|
|
6744 }
|
|
|
6745 }
|
|
|
6746 }
|
|
|
6747 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6748 {
|
|
|
6749 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6750 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6751 {
|
|
|
6752 if (!init)
|
|
|
6753 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6754
|
|
|
6755 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6756 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6757 {
|
|
|
6758 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6759 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6760 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6761 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6762 else
|
|
|
6763 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6764 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6765 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6766 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6767 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6768 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6769 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6770 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6771 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6772 # endif
|
|
|
6773 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
|
6774 # endif
|
|
|
6775 }
|
|
|
6776 }
|
|
|
6777 #endif
|
|
|
6778 }
|
|
|
6779 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6780 {
|
|
|
6781 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6782 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6783 {
|
|
|
6784 if (!init)
|
|
|
6785 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6788 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
|
6790 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6791 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6792 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6793 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6794 else
|
|
|
6795 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6796 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6797 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6798 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6799 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6800 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6801 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6802 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6803 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6804 # endif
|
|
|
6805 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
|
6806 # endif
|
|
|
6807 }
|
|
|
6808 }
|
|
|
6809 #endif
|
|
|
6810 }
|
|
|
6811 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6812 {
|
|
|
6813 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
6814 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 if (!init)
|
|
|
6817 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819 /*
|
|
|
6820 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
6821 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
6822 */
|
|
|
6823 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
6824 {
|
|
|
6825 off = 0;
|
|
|
6826 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6827 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6828 {
|
|
|
6829 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
6830 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
6831 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
6832 ;
|
|
|
6833 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
6834 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6835 {
|
|
|
6836 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6837 break;
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
6840 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
6841 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
6842 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
6843 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
6844
|
|
|
6845 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
6846 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
6847 {
|
|
|
6848 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6849 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6850 break;
|
|
|
6851 }
|
|
|
6852 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
6853
|
|
|
6854 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
6855 off += len;
|
|
|
6856 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6857 ++off;
|
|
|
6858 }
|
|
|
6859 }
|
|
|
6860 else
|
|
|
6861 {
|
|
|
6862 /*
|
|
|
6863 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
6864 */
|
|
|
6865 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
6866 {
|
|
|
6867 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
6868 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
6869 off += len;
|
|
|
6870 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
6871 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
6872 }
|
|
|
6873 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
6874 }
|
|
|
6875 if (error)
|
|
|
6876 break;
|
|
|
6877
|
|
|
6878 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
6879 p = NULL;
|
|
|
6880 else
|
|
|
6881 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
6882 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
6883 {
|
|
|
6884 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
6885 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
6886 }
|
|
|
6887 else
|
|
|
6888 {
|
|
|
6889 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
6890 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
6891 }
|
|
|
6892 }
|
|
|
6893 else
|
|
|
6894 {
|
|
|
6895 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6896 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6897 break;
|
|
|
6898 }
|
|
|
6899
|
|
|
6900 /*
|
|
|
6901 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
6902 */
|
|
|
6903 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
6904 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 /*
|
|
|
6907 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
6908 */
|
|
|
6909 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6910 }
|
|
|
6911
|
|
|
6912 /*
|
|
|
6913 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
6914 */
|
|
|
6915 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
6916 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
6917 else
|
|
|
6918 {
|
|
|
6919 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6920 {
|
|
|
6921 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6922 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6923 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6924 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6925 /*
|
|
|
6926 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
6927 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
6928 */
|
|
|
6929 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6930 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6931 #endif
|
|
|
6932 }
|
|
|
6933 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6934 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6935 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6936 {
|
|
|
6937 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
6938 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6939 }
|
|
|
6940 # endif
|
|
|
6941 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6942 {
|
|
|
6943 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
6944 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6945 }
|
|
|
6946 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6947 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6948 {
|
|
|
6949 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
6950 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6951 }
|
|
|
6952 # endif
|
|
|
6953 #endif
|
|
|
6954 else
|
|
|
6955 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
6956 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6957 }
|
|
|
6958 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6959 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6960
|
|
|
6961 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6962 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6963 }
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 /*
|
|
|
6966 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
6967 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
6968 */
|
|
|
6969 void
|
|
|
6970 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
6971 {
|
|
|
6972 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
6973 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
6974 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
6975 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
6976 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
6977 #else
|
|
|
6978 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
6979 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
6980 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
6981 #endif
|
|
|
6982 }
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 /*
|
|
|
6985 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
6986 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
6987 */
|
|
|
6988 static int
|
|
|
6989 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
6990 int idx;
|
|
|
6991 int check_link;
|
|
|
6992 {
|
|
|
6993 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
6994 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
6995 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6996 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
6997 #endif
|
|
|
6998 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
6999 }
|
|
|
7000
|
|
|
7001 /*
|
|
|
7002 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
7003 */
|
|
|
7004 static void
|
|
|
7005 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
7006 int idx;
|
|
|
7007 {
|
|
|
7008 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
7009 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
7010 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
7011 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
7012 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7013 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7014 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
7015 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
7016 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
7017 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
7018 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7019 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
7020 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
7021 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7022 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7023 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7024 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7025 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7026 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7027 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
7028 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
7029 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7030 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
7031 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7032 # endif
|
|
|
7033 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7034 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7035 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7036 #endif
|
|
|
7037 }
|
|
|
7038
|
|
|
7039 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7040 /*
|
|
|
7041 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7042 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7043 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7044 */
|
|
|
7045 void
|
|
|
7046 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7047 {
|
|
|
7048 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
|
7049 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
7050 FALSE))
|
|
|
7051 {
|
|
|
7052 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7053 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7054 }
|
|
|
7055 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7056 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
|
7057 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
7058 FALSE))
|
|
|
7059 {
|
|
|
7060 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7061 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7062 # endif
|
|
|
7063 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7064 }
|
|
|
7065 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7066 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7067 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7068 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7071 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7072 # endif
|
|
|
7073 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7074 }
|
|
|
7075 #endif
|
|
|
7076 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
|
7077 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
7078 FALSE))
|
|
|
7079 {
|
|
|
7080 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7081 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7082 }
|
|
|
7083 #endif
|
|
|
7084 }
|
|
|
7085
|
|
|
7086 /*
|
|
|
7087 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7088 */
|
|
|
7089 static int
|
|
|
7090 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7091 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7092 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7093 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7094 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7095 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7096 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7097 {
|
|
|
7098 int idx;
|
|
|
7099
|
|
|
7100 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7101 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7102 {
|
|
|
7103 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7106 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7107 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7108 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7109 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7110 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7111 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7112 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7113 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7114 }
|
|
|
7115 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7116 }
|
|
|
7117
|
|
|
7118 /*
|
|
|
7119 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7120 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7121 */
|
|
|
7122 char_u *
|
|
|
7123 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7124 {
|
|
|
7125 int id;
|
|
|
7126 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7127
|
|
|
7128 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7129 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7130 {
|
|
|
7131 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7132 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7133 return s;
|
|
|
7134 }
|
|
|
7135 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7136 }
|
|
|
7137
|
|
|
7138 /*
|
|
|
7139 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7140 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7141 */
|
|
|
7142 void
|
|
|
7143 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7144 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7145 {
|
|
|
7146 int id;
|
|
|
7147
|
|
|
7148 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7149 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7152 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7153 }
|
|
|
7154 }
|
|
|
7155
|
|
|
7156 /*
|
|
|
7157 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7158 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7159 */
|
|
|
7160 void
|
|
|
7161 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7162 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7163 {
|
|
|
7164 int id;
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7167 {
|
|
|
7168 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7169 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7170 {
|
|
|
7171 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7172 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7173 }
|
|
|
7174 }
|
|
|
7175 }
|
|
|
7176
|
|
|
7177 /*
|
|
|
7178 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7179 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7180 */
|
|
|
7181 void
|
|
|
7182 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7183 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7184 {
|
|
|
7185 int id;
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7188 {
|
|
|
7189 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7190 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7191 {
|
|
|
7192 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7193 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7194 }
|
|
|
7195 }
|
|
|
7196 }
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 /*
|
|
|
7199 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7200 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7201 */
|
|
|
7202 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7203 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7204 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7205 {
|
|
|
7206 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7207 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7208
|
|
|
7209 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7210 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7211 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7212 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7213
|
|
|
7214 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7215 }
|
|
|
7216
|
|
|
7217 /*
|
|
|
7218 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7219 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7220 */
|
|
|
7221 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7222 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7223 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7224 {
|
|
|
7225 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7226 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7229 }
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7232 /*
|
|
|
7233 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7234 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7235 */
|
|
|
7236 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7237 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7238 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7239 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7240 {
|
|
|
7241 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7242 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7243
|
|
|
7244 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7245 }
|
|
|
7246 # endif
|
|
|
7247
|
|
|
7248 /*
|
|
|
7249 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7250 */
|
|
|
7251 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7252 static void
|
|
|
7253 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7254 int idx;
|
|
|
7255 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7256 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7257 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7258 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7259 {
|
|
|
7260 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7261 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7262 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7263 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7264 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7265 || do_menu
|
|
|
7266 # endif
|
|
|
7267 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7268 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7269 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7270 # endif
|
|
|
7271 )
|
|
|
7272 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7273 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7274 || do_menu
|
|
|
7275 # endif
|
|
|
7276 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7277 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7278 # endif
|
|
|
7279 );
|
|
|
7280 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7281 {
|
|
|
7282 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7283 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7284 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7285 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7286 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7287 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7288 {
|
|
|
7289 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7290 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7291 # else
|
|
|
7292 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7293 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7294 # endif
|
|
|
7295 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7296 }
|
|
|
7297 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7298 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7299 {
|
|
|
7300 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7301 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7302 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7303 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7304 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7305 */
|
|
|
7306 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7307 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7308 }
|
|
|
7309 # endif
|
|
|
7310 # endif
|
|
|
7311 }
|
|
|
7312 else
|
|
|
7313 # endif
|
|
|
7314 {
|
|
|
7315 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7316 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7317 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7318 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7319 {
|
|
|
7320 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7321 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7322 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7323 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7324 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7325 {
|
|
|
7326 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7327 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7328 }
|
|
|
7329 # endif
|
|
|
7330 #endif
|
|
|
7331 }
|
|
|
7332 }
|
|
|
7333 }
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 /*
|
|
|
7338 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7339 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7340 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7341 */
|
|
|
7342 garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7343
|
|
|
7344 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7345
|
|
|
7346 garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7347
|
|
|
7348 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7349
|
|
|
7350 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7351 garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7352
|
|
|
7353 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7354 #endif
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 /*
|
|
|
7357 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7358 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7359 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7360 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7361 */
|
|
|
7362 static int
|
|
|
7363 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7364 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7365 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7366 {
|
|
|
7367 int i;
|
|
|
7368 attrentry_T *gap;
|
|
|
7369 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7370
|
|
|
7371 /*
|
|
|
7372 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7373 */
|
|
|
7374 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7375 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7376
|
|
|
7377 /*
|
|
|
7378 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7379 */
|
|
|
7380 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7381 {
|
|
|
7382 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7383 if ( aep->ae_attr == gap->ae_attr
|
|
|
7384 && (
|
|
|
7385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7386 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7387 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7388 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7389 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == gap->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
|
7390 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7391 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == gap->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
|
7392 # endif
|
|
|
7393 ))
|
|
|
7394 ||
|
|
|
7395 #endif
|
|
|
7396 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
|
7397 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) ==
|
|
|
7398 (gap->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7399 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7400 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
|
7401 gap->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7402 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) ==
|
|
|
7403 (gap->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7404 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7405 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
|
7406 gap->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
|
7407 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
|
7408 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7409 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
|
7410 ))
|
|
|
7411
|
|
|
7412 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7413 }
|
|
|
7414
|
|
26
|
7415 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF >= 256)
|
|
7
|
7416 {
|
|
|
7417 /*
|
|
|
7418 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7419 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7420 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7421 */
|
|
|
7422 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7423 {
|
|
|
7424 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7425 return 0;
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7430 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7431 #endif
|
|
|
7432 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7433 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7434 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7435
|
|
|
7436 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7437 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7438
|
|
|
7439 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7440 }
|
|
|
7441
|
|
|
7442 /*
|
|
|
7443 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7444 */
|
|
|
7445 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7446 return 0;
|
|
|
7447
|
|
|
7448 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7449 vim_memset(gap, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7450 gap->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7451 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7452 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7453 {
|
|
|
7454 gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7455 gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7456 gap->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7457 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7458 gap->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7459 # endif
|
|
|
7460 }
|
|
|
7461 #endif
|
|
|
7462 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7463 {
|
|
|
7464 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7465 gap->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
|
7466 else
|
|
|
7467 gap->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7468 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7469 gap->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7470 else
|
|
|
7471 gap->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7472 }
|
|
|
7473 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7474 {
|
|
|
7475 gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7476 gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7477 }
|
|
|
7478 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7479 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7480 }
|
|
|
7481
|
|
|
7482 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7483
|
|
|
7484 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7485 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7486 int attr;
|
|
|
7487 {
|
|
|
7488 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7489 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7490 return NULL;
|
|
|
7491 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7492 }
|
|
|
7493
|
|
|
7494 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7497 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7498 int attr;
|
|
|
7499 {
|
|
|
7500 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7501 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7502 return NULL;
|
|
|
7503 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7504 }
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7507 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7508 int attr;
|
|
|
7509 {
|
|
|
7510 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7511 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7512 return NULL;
|
|
|
7513 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7514 }
|
|
|
7515
|
|
|
7516 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7517 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7518 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7519
|
|
|
7520 static void
|
|
|
7521 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7522 int id;
|
|
|
7523 {
|
|
|
7524 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7525 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7526
|
|
|
7527 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7530 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7531 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7532 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7533 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7534 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7535
|
|
|
7536 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7537 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7538 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7539 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7540 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7541 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7544 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7545 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7546 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7547 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7548 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7549 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7550 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7551 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7552 #endif
|
|
|
7553
|
|
|
7554 if (sgp->sg_link)
|
|
|
7555 {
|
|
|
7556 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
|
7557 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7558 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7559 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7560 }
|
|
|
7561 }
|
|
|
7562
|
|
|
7563 static int
|
|
|
7564 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7565 int id;
|
|
|
7566 int didh;
|
|
|
7567 int type;
|
|
|
7568 int iarg;
|
|
|
7569 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7570 char *name;
|
|
|
7571 {
|
|
|
7572 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7573 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7574 int i;
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7577 {
|
|
|
7578 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7579 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7580 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7581 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7582 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7583 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7584 {
|
|
|
7585 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7586 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7587 {
|
|
|
7588 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7589 {
|
|
|
7590 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7591 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7592 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7593 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7594 }
|
|
|
7595 }
|
|
|
7596 }
|
|
|
7597
|
|
|
7598 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7599 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7600 didh = TRUE;
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7603 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7604 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606 return didh;
|
|
|
7607 }
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7610 /*
|
|
|
7611 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7612 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7613 */
|
|
|
7614 char_u *
|
|
|
7615 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7616 int id;
|
|
|
7617 int flag;
|
|
|
7618 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7619 {
|
|
|
7620 int attr;
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7623 return NULL;
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7626 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7627 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
7628 else
|
|
|
7629 #endif
|
|
|
7630 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7631 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7632 else
|
|
|
7633 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
7634
|
|
|
7635 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
7636 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
7637 return NULL;
|
|
|
7638 }
|
|
|
7639 #endif
|
|
|
7640
|
|
|
7641 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7642 /*
|
|
|
7643 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
7644 */
|
|
|
7645 char_u *
|
|
|
7646 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
7647 int id;
|
|
|
7648 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "fg#" or "bg#" */
|
|
|
7649 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7650 {
|
|
|
7651 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
7652 int n;
|
|
|
7653 int fg;
|
|
|
7654
|
|
|
7655 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7656 return NULL;
|
|
|
7657
|
|
|
7658 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
7659 fg = TRUE;
|
|
|
7660 else
|
|
|
7661 fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
7662 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7663 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7664 {
|
|
|
7665 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
7666 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
7667 {
|
|
|
7668 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7669 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
7670 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
7671
|
|
|
7672 if (fg)
|
|
|
7673 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7674 else
|
|
|
7675 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7676 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7677 return NULL;
|
|
|
7678 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7679 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
7680 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
7681 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
7682 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
7683 return buf;
|
|
|
7684 }
|
|
|
7685 if (fg)
|
|
|
7686 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7687 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7688 }
|
|
|
7689 #endif
|
|
|
7690 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7691 {
|
|
|
7692 if (fg)
|
|
|
7693 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
7694 else
|
|
|
7695 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
7696 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
7697 return name;
|
|
|
7698 }
|
|
|
7699 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
7700 return NULL;
|
|
|
7701 }
|
|
|
7702 #endif
|
|
|
7703
|
|
|
7704 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
7705 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7706 /*
|
|
|
7707 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
7708 */
|
|
|
7709 long_u
|
|
|
7710 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
7711 int id;
|
|
|
7712 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
7713 {
|
|
|
7714 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7715
|
|
|
7716 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7717 return 0L;
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 if (fg)
|
|
|
7720 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7721 else
|
|
|
7722 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7725 return 0L;
|
|
|
7726
|
|
|
7727 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7728 }
|
|
|
7729 #endif
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 /*
|
|
|
7732 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
7733 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
7734 */
|
|
|
7735 static int
|
|
|
7736 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
7737 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
7738 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
7739 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
7740 {
|
|
|
7741 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
7742 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
7745 {
|
|
|
7746 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
7747 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7748 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
7749 }
|
|
|
7750 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
|
7751 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
7752 else
|
|
|
7753 {
|
|
|
7754 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
7755 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
7756 }
|
|
|
7757
|
|
|
7758 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
7759 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
7760 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
7761 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
7762
|
|
|
7763 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
7764
|
|
|
7765 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
7766 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
7767 {
|
|
|
7768 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
7769 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7770 }
|
|
|
7771
|
|
|
7772 return newline;
|
|
|
7773 }
|
|
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 /*
|
|
|
7776 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
7777 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
7778 */
|
|
|
7779 static void
|
|
|
7780 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
7781 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
7782 {
|
|
|
7783 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
7784 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
7785
|
|
|
7786 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
7787 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
7788 return;
|
|
|
7789
|
|
|
7790 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7791 /*
|
|
|
7792 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
7793 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
7794 */
|
|
|
7795 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
7796 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
7797 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
7798 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7799 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
7800 # endif
|
|
|
7801 )
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
7804 }
|
|
|
7805 else
|
|
|
7806 {
|
|
|
7807 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
7808 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7809 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7810 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
7811 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7812 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7813 # endif
|
|
|
7814 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
7815 }
|
|
|
7816 #endif
|
|
|
7817 /*
|
|
|
7818 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
7819 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
7820 */
|
|
|
7821 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7822 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
7823 else
|
|
|
7824 {
|
|
|
7825 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
7826 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
7827 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
7828 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
7829 }
|
|
|
7830
|
|
|
7831 /*
|
|
|
7832 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
7833 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
7834 */
|
|
|
7835 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
7836 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7837 else
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7840 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
7841 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
7842 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
7843 }
|
|
|
7844 }
|
|
|
7845
|
|
|
7846 /*
|
|
|
7847 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
7848 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
7849 */
|
|
|
7850 int
|
|
|
7851 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
7852 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7853 {
|
|
|
7854 int i;
|
|
|
7855 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
7856
|
|
|
7857 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
7858 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
7859 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
|
7860 STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
|
7861 name_u[199] = NUL;
|
|
|
7862 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
7863 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7864 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
7865 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
7866 break;
|
|
|
7867 return i + 1;
|
|
|
7868 }
|
|
|
7869
|
|
|
7870 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7871 /*
|
|
|
7872 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
7873 */
|
|
|
7874 int
|
|
|
7875 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
7876 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7877 {
|
|
|
7878 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
7879 }
|
|
|
7880 #endif
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 /*
|
|
|
7883 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
7884 */
|
|
|
7885 int
|
|
|
7886 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
7887 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
7888 int len;
|
|
|
7889 {
|
|
|
7890 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7891 int id = 0;
|
|
|
7892
|
|
|
7893 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
7894 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7895 {
|
|
|
7896 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
7897 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
7898 }
|
|
|
7899 return id;
|
|
|
7900 }
|
|
|
7901
|
|
|
7902 /*
|
|
|
7903 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
7904 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
7905 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
7906 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
7907 */
|
|
|
7908 int
|
|
|
7909 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
7910 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
7911 int len;
|
|
|
7912 {
|
|
|
7913 int id;
|
|
|
7914 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7915
|
|
|
7916 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
7917 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
7918 return 0;
|
|
|
7919
|
|
|
7920 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
7921 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
7922 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
7923 else
|
|
|
7924 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
7925 return id;
|
|
|
7926 }
|
|
|
7927
|
|
|
7928 /*
|
|
|
7929 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
7930 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
7931 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
7932 */
|
|
|
7933 static int
|
|
|
7934 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
7935 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7936 {
|
|
|
7937 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7938
|
|
|
7939 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
7940 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
7941 {
|
|
|
7942 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
7943 {
|
|
|
7944 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
7945 return 0;
|
|
|
7946 }
|
|
|
7947 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
7948 {
|
|
|
7949 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
7950 * give a warning. */
|
|
16
|
7951 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
|
|
7
|
7952 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
7953 break;
|
|
|
7954 }
|
|
|
7955 }
|
|
|
7956
|
|
|
7957 /*
|
|
|
7958 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
7959 */
|
|
|
7960 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
7961 {
|
|
|
7962 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
7963 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
7964 }
|
|
|
7965
|
|
|
7966 /*
|
|
|
7967 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
7968 */
|
|
|
7969 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
7972 return 0;
|
|
|
7973 }
|
|
|
7974
|
|
|
7975 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
7976 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
7977 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
7978 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7979 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7980 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7981 #endif
|
|
|
7982 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
7985 }
|
|
|
7986
|
|
|
7987 /*
|
|
|
7988 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
7989 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
7990 */
|
|
|
7991 static void
|
|
|
7992 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
7993 {
|
|
|
7994 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
7995 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
7996 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7997 }
|
|
|
7998
|
|
|
7999 /*
|
|
|
8000 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
8001 */
|
|
|
8002 int
|
|
|
8003 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
8004 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8005 {
|
|
|
8006 int attr;
|
|
|
8007 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8010 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8011
|
|
|
8012 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8013 /*
|
|
|
8014 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
8015 */
|
|
|
8016 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8017 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
8018 else
|
|
|
8019 #endif
|
|
|
8020 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
8021 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
8022 else
|
|
|
8023 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
8024
|
|
|
8025 return attr;
|
|
|
8026 }
|
|
|
8027
|
|
|
8028 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8029 /*
|
|
|
8030 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
8031 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8032 */
|
|
|
8033 int
|
|
|
8034 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8035 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8036 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8037 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8038 {
|
|
|
8039 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8040
|
|
|
8041 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8042 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8043
|
|
|
8044 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8045 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8046 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8047 }
|
|
|
8048 #endif
|
|
|
8049
|
|
|
8050 /*
|
|
|
8051 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8052 */
|
|
|
8053 int
|
|
|
8054 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8055 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8056 {
|
|
|
8057 int count;
|
|
|
8058 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8059
|
|
|
8060 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8061 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8062
|
|
|
8063 /*
|
|
|
8064 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8065 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8066 */
|
|
|
8067 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8068 {
|
|
|
8069 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8070 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8071 break;
|
|
|
8072 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8073 }
|
|
|
8074
|
|
|
8075 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8076 }
|
|
|
8077
|
|
|
8078 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8079 /*
|
|
|
8080 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8081 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8082 */
|
|
|
8083 void
|
|
|
8084 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8085 {
|
|
|
8086 int idx;
|
|
|
8087
|
|
|
8088 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8089 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8090
|
|
|
8091 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8092 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8093
|
|
|
8094 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8095 }
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 static void
|
|
|
8098 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8099 int idx;
|
|
|
8100 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8101 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8102 {
|
|
|
8103 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8104
|
|
|
8105 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8106 {
|
|
|
8107 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8108 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8109 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8110 }
|
|
|
8111 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8112 {
|
|
|
8113 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8114 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8115 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8116 }
|
|
|
8117 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8118 {
|
|
|
8119 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8120 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8121 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8122 }
|
|
|
8123 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8124 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8125 }
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 #endif
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 /*
|
|
|
8130 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8131 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8132 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8133 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8134 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8135 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8136 */
|
|
|
8137 int
|
|
|
8138 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8139 {
|
|
|
8140 int hlf;
|
|
|
8141 int i;
|
|
|
8142 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8143 int attr;
|
|
|
8144 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8145 int id;
|
|
|
8146 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8147 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8148 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8149 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8150 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8151 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8152 # endif
|
|
|
8153 #endif
|
|
|
8154 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8155
|
|
|
8156 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8157
|
|
|
8158 /*
|
|
|
8159 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8160 */
|
|
|
8161 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8162 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 /*
|
|
|
8165 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8166 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8167 */
|
|
|
8168 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8169 {
|
|
|
8170 if (i)
|
|
|
8171 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8172 else
|
|
|
8173 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8174 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8175 continue;
|
|
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 while (*p)
|
|
|
8178 {
|
|
|
8179 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8180 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8181 break;
|
|
|
8182 ++p;
|
|
|
8183 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8184 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8185
|
|
|
8186 /*
|
|
|
8187 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8188 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8189 */
|
|
|
8190 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8191 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8192 {
|
|
|
8193 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8194 continue;
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8197 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8198
|
|
|
8199 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8200 {
|
|
|
8201 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8202 break;
|
|
|
8203 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8204 break;
|
|
|
8205 case '-':
|
|
|
8206 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8207 break;
|
|
|
8208 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8209 break;
|
|
|
8210 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8211 break;
|
|
|
8212 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8213 break;
|
|
|
8214 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8215 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8216 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8217 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8218 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8219 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8220 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8221 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8222 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8223 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8224 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8225 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8226 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8227 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8228 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8229 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8230 #endif
|
|
|
8231 break;
|
|
|
8232 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8233 }
|
|
|
8234 }
|
|
|
8235 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8238 }
|
|
|
8239 }
|
|
|
8240
|
|
|
8241 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8242 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8243 *
|
|
|
8244 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8245 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8246 */
|
|
|
8247 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8248 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8249 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8250 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8251 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8252 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8253 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8254 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8255 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8256 }
|
|
|
8257 # endif
|
|
|
8258 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8259 {
|
|
|
8260 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8261 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8262 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8263 {
|
|
|
8264 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8265 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8266 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8267 # endif
|
|
|
8268 }
|
|
|
8269 else
|
|
|
8270 {
|
|
|
8271 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8272 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8273 # endif
|
|
|
8274
|
|
|
8275 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8276 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8277 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8278 {
|
|
|
8279 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8280 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8281 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8282 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8283 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8284 # endif
|
|
|
8285 }
|
|
|
8286 else
|
|
|
8287 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8288 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8289 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8290 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8291
|
|
|
8292 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8293 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8294 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8295 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8296 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8297 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8298 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8299 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8300 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8301 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8302 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8303 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8304 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8305 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8306 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8307 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8308 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8309 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8310 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8311 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8312 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8313 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8314 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8315 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8316 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8317 # endif
|
|
|
8318 # endif
|
|
|
8319 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8320 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8321 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8322 # endif
|
|
|
8323 }
|
|
|
8324 }
|
|
|
8325 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8326 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8327 # endif
|
|
|
8328
|
|
|
8329 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8330
|
|
|
8331 return OK;
|
|
|
8332 }
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8335
|
|
|
8336 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8337 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8338
|
|
|
8339 /*
|
|
|
8340 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8341 */
|
|
|
8342 void
|
|
|
8343 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8344 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8345 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8346 {
|
|
|
8347 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8348
|
|
|
8349 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8350 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8351 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8352 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8353 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8354
|
|
|
8355 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8356 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8357 {
|
|
|
8358 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8359 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8360 {
|
|
|
8361 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8362 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8363 {
|
|
|
8364 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8365 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8366 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8367 }
|
|
|
8368 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8369 {
|
|
|
8370 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8371 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8372 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8373 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8374 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8375 {
|
|
|
8376 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8377 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8378 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8379 {
|
|
|
8380 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8381 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8382 }
|
|
|
8383 }
|
|
|
8384 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8385 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8386 }
|
|
|
8387 }
|
|
|
8388 }
|
|
|
8389 }
|
|
|
8390
|
|
|
8391 /*
|
|
|
8392 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8393 */
|
|
|
8394 static void
|
|
|
8395 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8396 {
|
|
|
8397 int i;
|
|
|
8398
|
|
|
8399 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8400 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8401 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8402 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8403 }
|
|
|
8404
|
|
|
8405 static void
|
|
|
8406 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8407 int cnt;
|
|
|
8408 int attr;
|
|
|
8409 {
|
|
|
8410 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8411 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8412 out_flush();
|
|
|
8413 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8414 }
|
|
|
8415
|
|
|
8416 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8417
|
|
|
8418 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8419 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8420 /*
|
|
|
8421 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8422 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8423 */
|
|
|
8424 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8425 char_u *
|
|
|
8426 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8427 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8428 int idx;
|
|
|
8429 {
|
|
|
8430 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8431 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8432 && include_link
|
|
|
8433 #endif
|
|
|
8434 )
|
|
|
8435 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8436 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8437 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8438 && include_link
|
|
|
8439 #endif
|
|
|
8440 )
|
|
|
8441 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8442 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8443 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8444 && include_default
|
|
|
8445 #endif
|
|
|
8446 )
|
|
|
8447 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8448 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8449 return NULL;
|
|
|
8450 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8451 }
|
|
|
8452 #endif
|
|
|
8453
|
|
|
8454 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8455 /*
|
|
|
8456 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8457 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8458 */
|
|
|
8459 void
|
|
|
8460 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8461 {
|
|
|
8462 int idx;
|
|
|
8463
|
|
|
8464 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8465 {
|
|
|
8466 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8467 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8468 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8469 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8470 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8471 # endif
|
|
|
8472 }
|
|
|
8473
|
|
|
8474 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8475 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8476 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8477 # endif
|
|
|
8478 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8479 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8480 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8481 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8482 # endif
|
|
|
8483 }
|
|
|
8484 #endif
|
|
|
8485
|
|
|
8486 /**************************************
|
|
|
8487 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8488 **************************************/
|
